[go: up one dir, main page]

Nio Es8

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 300

User Manual

ES8 User Manual

Before Driving
Before driving, you should:

• Check tires
• Check lights
• Ensure that your surroundings is free of obstacles
• Ensure that there is no liquid under the vehicle
• Ensure that there are no warnings or alerts

• Trip Preparation
o Trip Plan

▪ Group Travel
o Vehicle Presets
▪ Remote Settings
• Approaching
o Confirm Location
▪ Finding My Car in the Distance
▪ Finding My Car in Close Proximity
• Unlocking
o Vehicle Unlocking
▪ Unlocking From the Outside
▪ Keyless Unlocking
▪ Walk-Up Unlocking
▪ Unlocking With the NIO App
▪ Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth
▪ Unlocking With NFC
▪ Unlocking From the Inside
▪ Auto Unlock in PARK
▪ Authorized Unlocking
▪ Guest Mode
▪ Service Authorization
▪ Emergency Unlocking
o Welcome
▪ Headlights
▪ Smart Wheel Arch Lights
▪ Exterior Door Handle Lights
• Vehicle Loading
o Open Tailgate Hands-free
▪ Opening the Liftgate Hands-Free
▪ Liftgate Button
▪ Opening the Liftgate With a Smart Key Fob
▪ Opening the Liftgate With NFC
o Easy Loading
▪ Roof load and loading on load holder
▪ Lowering Ride Height
▪ Trunk Lighting
▪ Trunk Storage
▪ Load Anchoring Eyelets
▪ Folding Rear Row Backrests
▪ Trunk Power Socket
o One-button Tailgate Closing
▪ Closing the Liftgate With One Tap
▪ Closing the Liftgate With a Smart Key Fob
▪ Closing the Liftgate With the NIO App
▪ Liftgate Anti-Pinch
o Open Tailgate from Inside the Vehicle
▪ Opening the Liftgate on the Center Display
• Get In
o Open Door
▪ Exterior Door Handles
▪ Easy Entry
▪ Ride Height Easy Entry
o Courtesy Lighting
▪ Auto Reading Lights
▪ Controlling the Front Reading Lights
▪ Puddle Lights
▪ Footwell Lights
▪ Smart Ambient Lighting
▪ Door Sill Inlay Lighting
o Seating
▪ Driver’s Seat Memory
▪ Driver’s Seat Memory
▪ Steering Wheel Memory
▪ Side Mirror Memory
▪ Passenger Seat Memory
• Ride for Two-person Travel
o Ride on Driver Side
▪ Front Storage
▪ Connecting to Mobile Devices
▪ Wireless Charging
▪ Driver’s Seat
▪ Steering Wheel
▪ Double-button Restart of Steering Wheel
▪ Side Mirrors
o Ride on Front Passenger Side
▪ Front Passenger Seat
▪ Seat Comfort
▪ Vanity Mirrors
o Digital Control
▪ Seat Massage
▪ Front Climate Control
▪ Seat Heating
▪ Seat Ventilation
▪ Steering Wheel Heating
▪ Window Controls
▪ Controlling Windows on the Center Display
▪ Sunroof and Sunshade Controls
▪ Making a Phone Call
▪ Switching Call Modes
▪ Steering Wheel Controls
▪ Personalized Entertainment
▪ NOMI
▪ Comfort Features
▪ Intelligent Fragrance System
▪ Tide
• Travelling with Children
o Child Safety
▪ Child-Protection Locks
▪ Child Safety Seats
• Family Travel
o Passive Vehicle Safety
▪ Seat belts
▪ Airbags
o Ride in Rear Row
▪ Rear Storage
▪ Second Row Seats
▪ Third Row Seat Headrests
o Digital Control
▪ Rear Lighting
▪ Rear Climate Control
• Driving
o Driving Out of Garage
▪ Starting the Vehicle
▪ Starting the Vehicle via NFC Key
▪ Pedestrian Warning System
▪ Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist
▪ Shifting Gears
▪ Multiple Drive Modes
▪ Ride Height
▪ Front Cross Traffic Alert
▪ Rear Cross Traffic Alert
▪ Hill Start Assist (HSA)
o Driving into Highways
▪ Forward Collision Warning
▪ Automatic Emergency Brake
▪ Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
▪ Emergency Lane Keeping
▪ Pilot
▪ Automatic Lane Change (ALC)
▪ Navigate on Pilot (NOP) Beta
▪ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
▪ Enhanced Head-Up Display (HUD)
▪ Front Wipers
▪ Rain Sensor
▪ Rear Wiper and Washer
▪ Exterior Lights
▪ High Beam and Low Beam Headlights
▪ Turn Signals
▪ Fog Lights
▪ Driver Drowsiness Detection (DDD)
▪ Range Assurance
▪ Traffic Sign Recognition and Speed Limit Warning
o Driving into Slow Speed Road Section
▪ Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA)
o Driving into Garage
▪ Digital Video Recorder (DVR)
▪ Emergency Braking
• Parking
o Navigating to Destination
▪ Navigating to Parking Space with Charger
o Parking Setting
▪ Parking Assist
▪ Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist (S-APA) with Fusion
▪ Side Mirror Auto-Tilt
• Getting Off
o Getting Ready to Get off
▪ Powering Off
▪ Closing Windows
▪ Privacy Glass
o After Getting off
▪ Side Door Open Warning (SDO)
• Locking
o Vehicle Locking
▪ Locking From the Outside
▪ Keyless Locking
▪ Walk-Away Lock
▪ Locking with the NIO App
▪ Locking With NFC
▪ Locking From the Inside
▪ Drive-Away Lock
▪ Anti-Theft Alarm System
▪ Emergency Locking
o Exterior Rearview Mirror Folding
▪ Exterior Rearview Mirror Auto Folding
▪ Side Mirror Manual Fold and Heating
▪ Auto-Dimming Rear-View Mirror
• Leave Vehicle
o Charging
▪ Charging Instructions
▪ Charging
▪ Battery Level and Charging Display
▪ Battery Warmup
o Leave Vehicle
▪ Follow Me Home
• Maintenance and Cleaning
o Vehicle Maintenance
▪ Vehicle Health Status
▪ Maintenance Instructions
▪ Regular Maintenance
▪ Event Data Recording System
▪ System Update
▪ Reset All Settings
o Wiper Blade Replacement
▪ Replacing Front Wiper Blades
▪ Replacing Rear Wiper Blade
o Fluid Refill
▪ Refilling Windshield Washer Fluid
▪ Refilling Coolant
▪ Refilling Brake Fluid
o Tire Maintenance
▪ Tire Inspection and Maintenance
o Brake Pad and Disc Maintenance
▪ Brake Pad and Disc Inspection and Maintenance
o Air Filter Maintenance
▪ Air Filter Inspection and Maintenance
o Battery Maintenance
▪ 12V Battery Maintenance
▪ High Voltage Battery Maintenance and Recycling
o Fuse Replacement
▪ Underhood Fuse Box
▪ Instrument Panel Fuse Box
▪ Trunk Fuse Box
▪ Rear Pre-Fuse Box
o Vehicle Cleaning and Maintaining
▪ Cleaning and Maintaining the Exterior
▪ Cleaning and Maintaining the Interior
• Emergency Rescue
o ES8 Information
▪ Warning Sign Information
▪ Instrument Cluster Indicators
▪ ES8 Information
▪ Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
▪ Driving Motor Identification Labels
▪ Recommended Fluids and Capacities
▪ Instrument Cluster and Controls
▪ Powertrain Information
o ES8 Technical Parameters
▪ Vehicle Dimensions
▪ Mass Parameters
▪ Motor Specifications
▪ Wheel and Tire Specifications
▪ Braking and Suspension Specifications
▪ High Voltage Battery Parameters
o Tire Information
▪ Tire Inflation
▪ Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS)
▪ Tire Chains
o Owner Emergency Information
▪ Set Up Warning Signs
▪ Call for Road Assistance
▪ Tire Repair
▪ Jump Starting the Vehicle
▪ Emergency Unlocking From the Outside
▪ Emergency Unlocking From the Inside
▪ Liftgate Button
▪ First Aid Kit
o Roadside Assistance
▪ Tire Replacement
▪ Protective Equipment for Rescue Operations
▪ High Voltage Cutoff
▪ Towing a Vehicle that Had an Accident
o Accident Rescue
▪ Rescuing the Vehicle in Water
▪ Rescuing Vehicle Fire
▪ Rescuing the Vehicle with Battery Leakage
▪ Vehicle Cutting Area

Group Travel
You can quickly team up with your travel buddies via the mobile app and the vehicle system
to share your real-time locations and start a voice chat during the trip to add to the fun.

• You can also create a travel team on the mobile app to share it with your friends and
sync it to your vehicle.
• Or you can create a travel team in the vehicle system and invite travel buddies
directly.

In the team, the team lead can set the voice chat mode to "Talkback" or "Chat".

• In the Talkback mode, a team member can speak once they get the chance.
• In the Chat mode, a team member can tap the key to record a voice message and tap a
message to listen to the voice message.

You can check the trip summary after the trip is over. The team is automatically exited when
the vehicle is put in the "PARK" gear.

Remote Settings
You can remotely control and set certain features on NIO app before getting in the vehicle
(update the NIO app to the latest version to access the most complete features).

Open My Car on the NIO app to access the following features:

• Navigation
• Car locating (Find My Car)
• Climate control
• Doors
• Windows
• Trunk
• High voltage battery pre-conditioning
• Seat heating
• Seat ventilation
• Steering wheel heating

Caution

This operation is only available when no occupant is in the vehicle and the high voltage
battery is no lower than 10%.

Finding My Car in the Distance


After completing the trip preparations, you or an authorized user can conveniently view the
vehicle's location on the NIO app.

When the vehicle is connected to the Internet, you can view its location in the top-left corner
of My Car on the NIO app. Click on this information to view the vehicle's location on the
map.

Caution

To use vehicle positioning and network services (such as the remote control features via the
NIO app, battery swap, and NFC), enter the settings page from the left side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display and select Connectto enable vehicle positioning and
network services.

Finding My Car in Close Proximity


When the vehicle is not being driven and the authenticated key fob is within 10 meters to the
vehicle, press and hold the car locating button on the smart key fob for more than three
seconds (or double-click the button within three seconds). The vehicle's horn will honk and
the turn signals will flash to indicate the vehicle's exact location. Press the button again after
five seconds to clear the location prompt. Otherwise, the location prompt will turn off
automatically after 10 seconds.
When the vehicle is connected to the Internet, you can also locate it using Find My Car
under My Car on the NIO app. The vehicle's horn will honk and the turn signals will flash to
indicate its location. Press the car locating button on the smart key fob to clear the location
prompt.

Unlocking From the Outside


Smart Key Fob
Before entering the vehicle, you need to unlock it with the smart key fob. When the battery
indicator on the smart key fob is blue or green (the battery level is over 20%), the effective
range of the key fob is 10 meters from the vehicle.

The smart key fob has the following buttons:

1. Unlock

When the vehicle is in PARK, press the button to unlock the vehicle. If successful, the
turn signals will flash three times and the exterior door handles will extend
automatically.

When all four doors are unlocked with the smart key fob, the liftgate can be opened
from the outside without a key.
To open all windows, sunroof and sunshade, press the button once. Then, within three
seconds press and hold the button (for 1.5 seconds). The windows, sunroof and
sunshade will stop moving after you release the button.

You can set the unlock mode for your key fob on the center display. Enter Settings
from the bottom left of the center display, and touch Doors > Windows > Unlock
with Key Fob. Choose “All” to unlock all doors at once by pressing the key fob;
choose “Driver” to unlock the driver’s door first by pressing the key fob once, and
then the remaining three doors by pressing the key fob again.

2. Lock

When the vehicle is in PARK and all doors (including the hood and the liftgate) are
closed, short press the button to lock the vehicle. If successful, the turn signals will
flash once and the vehicle's horn will honk once. After this, the exterior door handles
will retract and the side mirrors will fold automatically (to turn on the side mirror
auto-fold, enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch Driving
> Side Mirrors > Auto Fold On Lock ).

After locking, the liftgate can only be opened from the outside using the smart key
fob.

To enable/disable the lock confirmation sound, enter Settings from the bottom left of
the center display, and touch Sound > Ringer & Alerts > Lock Sound.

To close all windows, sunroof and sunshade, press the button once. Then, within three
seconds press and hold the button (for 1.5 seconds). The windows, sunroof and
sunshade will stop moving after you release the button.

3. Liftgate

To open the liftgate, press the liftgate button once. Then, within three seconds press
and hold the button (for 1.5 seconds); to close the liftgate, repeat the above operations.

4. Smart key fob battery indicator

The smart key fob indicator uses different colors to display the battery level. Blue:
over 70%; green: 20~70%; red: below 20%.

5. Car locating

When the vehicle is not being driven and the authenticated key fob is within 10 meters
of the vehicle, press and hold the car locating button for more than three seconds (or
double-click the button within three seconds). The vehicle's horn will honk and the
turn signals will flash to indicate the vehicle's location. Press the button again after
five seconds to clear the location prompt. Otherwise, the location prompt will turn off
automatically after 10 seconds.

Warning
When leaving a person or a pet in the vehicle, you must ensure that you have your smart key
fob with you. Failure to do so may result in injury or death.

Caution

• The smart key fob is an electronic component. Protect it from impact, high
temperatures, strong vibration and damage from liquids. Do not disassemble the smart
key fob.
• If you leave an authenticated key fob in the vehicle and lock the vehicle with another
authenticated key fob, the mobile app or an NFC key, the key fob left in the vehicle
will become invalid. To reactivate the key fob in the vehicle, use an authenticated key
fob or mobile app to unlock the vehicle.
• If any door or the liftgate is not opened within 30 seconds after unlocking, all of the
doors and the liftgate will lock automatically.
• If the key fob is lost or damaged, please contact NIO immediately and take all of your
keys to NIO for de-authentication and re-authentication, or apply for new key fobs.
• If the smart key fob is not used for a long period of time, please charge it once in a
while (ideally every two months) to maintain its optimal performance.

Note

To prevent kids from mistakenly locking or unlocking the vehicle, if the lock or unlock button
on the smart key fob is pressed nine times in 10 seconds, the smart key fob will only be able
to unlock the vehicle once for a period of 15 seconds, and will not be able to lock the vehicle.

Linking an Account to the Smart Key Fob


When the vehicle is activated and verified for the first time, the owner’s account is linked to
the key fob by default. When the vehicle is unlocked with one of the key fobs, the vehicle
logs into the owner’s account automatically.

Owner can also link an authorized user account to a smart key fob by managing the key fob in
the NIO app. When an authorized user unlocks the vehicle using a key fob, the vehicle will
log into the linked user's account automatically. You can view and delete accounts linked to
the key fobs on the NIO app. After linking or unlinking a account successfully, the vehicle
owner and the account owner will receive a message and an app notification.

Note

• Only the vehicle owner can modify the binding relationship between the key and the
account. Other NIO accounts must be authorized before they can be bound to the key.
• If the vehicle owner stops the authorization, the binding relationship between the
authorized user and the key will be automatically released synchronously.
• Guest mode is only applicable to smart keys bound to the vehicle owner's account.
When the vehicle is unlocked with the smart key bound to the authorized user account,
the authorized user information will be loaded automatically.

Charging the Smart Key Fob


The smart key fob uses a ring indicator to display its battery level. When the battery level is
low (indicated by a red light), you can charge the key fob using the wireless charging pad in
the vehicle or an equivalent device at home.

To view the charging status, enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, touch
Connect > Wireless Charging, and turn on the feature.

The wireless charging pad in the vehicle cannot be used when:

1. A vehicle software update is in progress.


2. The Anti-Theft Alarm System is active (which means the vehicle is locked from
outside).
3. A charging fault occurs or the charging voltage is too low.

Caution

When the key fob battery is low, its remote unlock feature may be affected. In this case, you
can try to unlock the vehicle from a shorter distance. If it still doesn’t work, please use other
methods (e.g. the mobile app or emergency key) to unlock the vehicle.

Caution

Radio waves may affect the performance of the key fob. Keep other electronic devices (e.g.
phones, laptops and tablets) at least 30 cm away from the key fob.

Note

• When wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (such as a metal key or coin)
placed on the wireless charging pad may affect its charging efficiency or even lead to
a burn.
• It is normal for the key fob or phone to become hot after being charged for a long
period of time. Do not place a fully charged device on the charging pad. Doing so can
cause overheating.
• Do not charge two or more devices wirelessly at the same time.

• Keyless Unlocking
• Walk-Up Unlocking
• Unlocking With the NIO App
• Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth
• Unlocking With NFC

Keyless Unlocking
When you carry an authenticated smart key fob (in your pocket or bag), you can unlock the
vehicle by pressing the rear end of any exterior door handle.

Note

To unlock the vehicle without using a key, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK and that all
doors, hood and liftgate are closed.

Warning

Patients who are dependent on pacemakers should stay at least 22 centimeters away from the
interior antennas, to avoid their cardiac pacemakers from being interfered by the keyless
unlocking system’s antenna.

Locations of the interior antennas are as follows:

1. Under the center armrest cup holder


2. Behind the safe box
3. Under the left floor
4. Under the right floor
5. At the rear
6. Under the trunk

Parent topic: Unlocking From the Outside

Walk-Up Unlocking
The vehicle automatically unlocks when you are within 1.4 meters of the B pillar and carrying
an authenticated key fob.

To enable/disable Walk-Up Unlocking, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the
control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Doors and Windows > Walk-Up
Unlocking.

Parent topic: Unlocking From the Outside

Unlocking With the NIO App


You can remotely unlock the doors when you are still away from the vehicle by tapping
Doors in My Car on the NIO app.

To unlock the doors on the NIO app, ensure that the following conditions are met:

1. The user must be the vehicle's owner or a user authorized by the owner.
2. The vehicle is in PARK and all doors are closed.
3. The vehicle is connected to the Internet.

Note

If you or an authorized user cannot unlock the vehicle using the NIO app, please contact NIO
for assistance.

Parent topic: Unlocking From the Outside

Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth


The Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enables you to easily and quickly
unlock/lock the vehicle without a smart key fob.

First, open the NIO app. Tap My Vehicle > Settings > Unlocking and Starting via
Bluetooth to create an Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth service. Then enable this service
and Bluetooth on your phone, and keep your phone close to an unlocked vehicle to pair the
vehicle with your phone and activate this service. After successful activation, the top of the
My Vehicle page will show that your phone has been connected to the vehicle via the
Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature, and then you can use the feature to replace the
smart key fob for unlocking and locking your vehicle. Then your phone will be automatically
connected to your vehicle when approaching. You can also go to the Key Management page
to manage the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth service or delete it as needed.

If the vehicle is in PARK, when you approach it (about 30-70 meters) with your phone's
Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth enabled, you can perform the following operations:

• Tap the Unlock/Lock button on the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to unlock/lock
the vehicle, with the door handles extending automatically.
• After unlocking your vehicle successfully with the Unlocking and Starting via
Bluetooth feature, you just need to get seated and close the driver's door and then press
the brake pedal to start the vehicle.
• You can press the trunk switch or go to the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to
open/close the truck.

Caution

• If you fail to lock or unlock the vehicle via Bluetooth due to a Bluetooth connection
error, fix the error and try again.
• If the Bluetooth connection between your phone and the vehicle fails when you try to
start the vehicle by using the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature, please
reconnect via Bluetooth and try again.
• The Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature is only available for a paired phone.
If you use a new phone, create a new Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth service,
and the service on the previous phone will be disabled automatically. To log in to the
account, you need to reactivate the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth service.
• Both the vehicle owner and authorized users can create a Unlocking and Starting via
Bluetooth service, but the number of Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth services
that can be paired with the vehicle is limited.

Parent topic: Unlocking From the Outside

Unlocking With NFC


You or an authorized user can unlock the vehicle using or NFC card. In this case, the liftgate
can be opened from the outside.
Place the NFC card close to the NFC detection zone on the driver’s side B pillar and hold it
for 10 seconds to unlock the vehicle automatically. If successful, the door handles will extend
automatically.

Caution

• The NFC's detection range is less than 10 millimeters. It is recommended to place


your mobile phone or NFC card near the NFC detection area for a short period of time
to unlock the vehicle.
• After unlocking the vehicle via NFC, you can still lock it using other methods (e.g.
your smart key fob or emergency key). We recommend carrying your smart key fob
with you.
• Please keep your NFC card safe. Protect it from impact, bending, high temperatures,
strong vibration and damage from liquids.
• You cannot use the NFC feature during vehicle updates. Please carry the smart key fob
with you to unlock the vehicle.

Parent topic: Unlocking From the Outside

Unlocking From the Inside


Central Lock
You can lock or unlock the vehicle by pressing the central lock button.

When the vehicle is unlocked and all doors are closed, you can lock the vehicle from the
inside by pressing the central lock. After locking, a Vehicle Locked icon appear on the center
display and the button LED light turns green.

When the vehicle is locked from the inside or only the driver’s door is unlocked, you can
unlock the vehicle from the inside by pressing the central lock. After unlocking, a Vehicle
Unlocked icon appears on the center display and the button LED light turns off.

• Auto Unlock in PARK


Auto Unlock in PARK
The vehicle automatically unlocks in PARK.

If the vehicle is locked automatically while driving (at a speed over 15 km/h), the vehicle will
unlock the doors automatically when you stop the vehicle by pressing the brake pedal and
shifting into PARK. After unlocking, the liftgate can be opened from the outside without a
key.

To set which door(s) can be automatically unlocked in PARK, enter the settings page from the
leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Doors and
Windows > Auto Unlock in PARK.

• Choose All to allow all doors to unlock automatically in PARK. In this setting, the
liftgate can be opened from the outside.
• Choose Driver to allow only the driver’s door to unlock automatically in PARK.
• Choose Off to turn off the feature.

Parent topic: Unlocking From the Inside

Authorized Unlocking
If you want to lend your vehicle to others, you can authorize users registered on the NIO app.
An authorized user can access authorized features by using their NFC key or verified NIO
app.

Owner Authorization
To manage authorization, go to the settings page on the NIO app

You can authorize a user and set authorization by entering his/her user name on the NIO app.
Up to nine users can be authorized. After setting the user's authorization, tap the profile photo
or user name to view the user's information and authorization details (e.g. media, video, safe
box). If the current authorization is active, you can also edit the scope of authorized access or
disable the user's authorization. An authorized user can only access authorized features, and
cannot manage authorization or set Guest Mode.

If you unlock the vehicle using your smart key fob, the vehicle will automatically log into the
owner's account.

Note

For safety reasons, if you cancel authorization when an authorized user is driving the vehicle,
it won’t take effect until the authorized user stops and locks the vehicle.

Note
If the authorized user has a NIO account, the authorization will take effect immediately after
it is completed. If the authorized user doesn’t have a NIO account, the authorization will
become effective only after the user registers a NIO account.

Unlocking by An Authorized User


An authorized user can unlock the vehicle using their NFC key or remote control on the NIO
app.

• NFC unlocking: Open the NFC app on your phone and place it close to the B pillar on
the driver’s side.
• NIO app remote unlocking: Choose My Car > Doors on the NIO app.

• Guest Mode
• Service Authorization

Guest Mode
If you want to lend the vehicle to others by giving them a smart key fob, tap your profile
photo on the center display and choose Guest Mode to protect your privacy (e.g. navigation
history, contacts, videos, photos). Only default features such as climate controls, weather and
navigation (with no access to History or Favorites) are available to guests.

If Guest Mode is set, the vehicle will automatically switch to Guest Mode when it is unlocked
with a smart key fob. To exit Guest Mode, you need to enter your vehicle gesture password.

Caution

1. You can only set Guest Mode when the vehicle is not being driven.
2. If a smart key fob is linked to the owner’s account and your vehicle is not in Guest
Mode, the vehicle will automatically log into the owner’s account when a user unlocks
the vehicle using a smart key fob.

Parent topic: Authorized Unlocking

Service Authorization
You or an authorized user can send a service request to NIO on the NIO app. NIO manages
and authorizes service specialists to temporarily access the vehicle and conduct the requested
service (e.g. One Click for Power). NIO retrieves the authorization after the service is
completed.

After obtaining authorization, service specialists can unlock the vehicle using an NFC key
within a specified time frame and use authorized features. The center display shows the
account information of the authorized service specialist and the authorized features available
to them. Authorized service specialists cannot manage authorization, set Guest Mode, link the
vehicle to a key fob, or switch accounts.
Caution

After the service is completed, all doors and the liftgate should be locked. If a door or the
liftgate is not locked, you will be notified on the NIO app.

Parent topic: Authorized Unlocking

Emergency Unlocking
Unlocking From the Outside
When you are unable to unlock the vehicle from the outside with one of the aforementioned
methods, you can use the emergency key to unlock the driver's door. All other doors will be
unlocked at the same time.

Caution

Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.

To use the emergency key:

1. Push the front end of the exterior handle on the driver’s door.

2. Pull the door handle and insert the emergency key into the lock. Rotate the key
counterclockwise to lock the driver's door.
3. To lock the driver's door, rotate the key counterclockwise.

Unlocking from the Inside


In case of emergency, you can pull the interior door handle twice to open the corresponding
door if the central lock is engaged.

Caution

• If the low voltage battery is drained, you can only unlock the driver's door using the
emergency key. Other doors can be unlocked and opened from the inside by pulling
the corresponding interior door handle twice.
• When Child Lock is on, the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside and can only
be opened from the outside when the vehicle is unlocked.

Headlights
After locating your vehicle, the headlights will automatically light up to illuminate objects
and the road in the front when you approach it.

Headlights switch to auto mode every time you start a new trip. If you unlock the vehicle or
come within 5.5 meters of it while carrying an authenticated key fob, the vehicle will turn on
the position lights in bright environments, or the low beams and position lights in dark
environments. The headlights will turn off automatically when you open any door, or after 30
seconds.

Smart Wheel Arch Lights


When the vehicle is unlocked, the wheel arch lights turn on automatically. The white
breathing lights illuminate the environment around the wheels.

To turn on/off the wheel arch lights, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the
control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Lights > Wheel Arch Lights.

The wheel arch lights also function as:

• Software update indicators

The blue breathing lights indicate that an update is in progress.

• Follow Me Home Lighting

When the Follow Me Home feature is on, the white breathing lights also light up.

Exterior Door Handle Lights


Each exterior door handle is equipped with a light. When the vehicle is unlocked, the door
handles automatically extend and the lights turn on to illuminate the surrounding
environment.
Opening the Liftgate Hands-Free
When your hands are occupied, or it’s inconvenient to use a key fob, the kick-activated
liftgate can assist you.

To open the liftgate with a kicking motion, stand within a range of 1.5 meters behind the rear
bumper and quickly move your foot back and forth (at least 10 centimeters) one time under
the center of the rear bumper.

You must carry a key fob to use this feature.

Note

• Do not sweep your foot from side to side.


• Do not keep your foot under the bumper. Otherwise, the liftgate will not open.
• Do not touch the liftgate before it stops moving.

The feature may be temporarily disabled for reasons including but not limited to:

• The liftgate is frequently opened or closed


• The foot is not taken back in time
• The kicking motion is not in the effective detection range
If the liftgate is unresponsive, you can try again after several seconds, or use another approach
to open or close the liftgate.

Caution

• Ensure that the vehicle is stationary.


• Ensure that the range of the kicking motion is less than 0.5 meters from the center of
the rear bumper.

Warning

• Do not drive the vehicle when the liftgate is open.


• To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating
area when opening or closing the liftgate.

Liftgate Button

When you are carrying a smart key fob, you can open the liftgate by gently pressing the
button on the liftgate handle.

While the liftgate is opening, press and hold the button to automatically save the current
liftgate height.

Caution

Before opening the liftgate, ensure that it is clear of objects such as snow and ice. Otherwise,
the liftgate may suddenly close on its own.

Opening the Liftgate With a Smart Key Fob


To open the liftgate using a smart key fob, short press the liftgate button once. Then, within

three seconds long press the button on the left side of the smart key fob for 1.5 seconds.

Caution

Before opening the liftgate, ensure that it is clear of objects such as snow and ice. Otherwise,
the liftgate may suddenly close on its own.

Opening the Liftgate With NFC


You or an authorized user can unlock the vehicle using an NFC-enabled phone without
having to carry a key fob. In this case, the liftgate can be opened from the outside.

First, unlock the vehicle with the NFC key. Then, tap and hold the liftgate icon on the center
display, or press and hold the button on the liftgate to open it.

Roof load and loading on load holder


When loading onto the roof of the vehicle, a load holder recommended by NIO should be
used.

The aim of this is to reduce the risk of damage to the vehicle, and to maintain safety while
traveling.

Carefully follow the mounting instruction supplied with the load holder.

• Distribute the load evenly over the load holders. Place the heaviest load at the bottom.
• Check regularly to ensure that the load holders and load are secured properly. Lash the
load securely using bungees.
• If the load extends beyond the front of the vehicle such as a cance or kayak, fit the
towing eye in its front socket and use it to attach a bungee to.
• The larger the load, the more the vehicle is exposed to the wind, thereby increasing its
energy consumption.
• Drive gently. Avoid violent acceleration, heavy braking and hard cornering.
Warning

The centre of gravity and driving characteristics of the car change when carrying a load on the
roof.

Comply with the car's specifications with regard to weight and maximum permitted load.

Warning

• The car's driving properties change depending on the weight and positioning of the
load.
• A loose object weighing 20 kg (44 pounds) can, in a frontal collision at a speed of 50
km/h (30 mph) carry the impact of an item weighing 1000 kg (2200 pounds).
• Leave 10 cm (4 inches) space between the load and the side windows if the car is
loaded to above the top edge of the door windows. Otherwise, the intended protection
of the inflatable curtain, which is concealed in the headlining, may be compromised.
• Always secure the load. Always secure the load. During heavy braking the load may
otherwise shift, causing personal injury to the car's occupants.

Cover sharp edges and sharp corners with someting soft.

Use the parking brake when loading/unloading long objects.

Lowering Ride Height


You can lower the vehicle's ride height to make cargo loading/unloading easier.

Go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tap Driving > Easy Loading to enable or disable the feature.

Caution

• The ride height cannot be lowered further if it is already set to Very Low.
• The ride height can only be lowered to Very Low when you are driving below 5 km/h.

Warning

When lowering the ride height, ensure that the area underneath your vehicle is clear of people,
animals or any objects. Failure to do so may result in injury or damage to the vehicle or other
objects.

Trunk Lighting
When you open the liftgate, the trunk lighting automatically lights up.
The trunk lighting automatically turns off when closing the liftgate or after 10 minutes.

Trunk Storage
Carrying Accessories
The ES8 towing package has a hitch receiver that can support an accessory carrier.

The hitch receiver is designed to support vertical loads of up to 75 kg.When carrying bicycles
or other items on the ES8 hitch, always check to ensure that the maximum weight is not
exceeded. When calculating weight ,remember to include the weight of the accessory carrier.

When towing, keep the rear tire pressure at 2.8 bar and the driving speed under 100 km/h.
When towing, the maximum uphill gradient allowed is 12%.

Towing a trailer and carrying accessories increases vehicle weight and drag. As a
result,driving range can decrease significantly. Plan trip length and charging destinations
accordingly.

Please pay attention to the followings when towing:

Before towing:

• Please change the suspension setting into Normal before use this Trailer mode
• Please make sure the trailer lights can work properly
• Please make sure vehicle and trailer combination mass and front/rear axle load are not
exceeding maximum permissible value specified in Weights information table
• Please Make sure the trailer is attached securely (not to attach trailer on slope) and get
harness connected
• Please do not use the Trailer mode when there is no trailer is attached

During towing:

• Please pay attention to the driving speed and follow the regulation requirement
• Please Keep proper following distance
• Please Do not turn sharply
• Please note that Suspension level control is disable during Trailer mode on
• Please note that the tailgate only can open by manual operation or pressing the button
in centre screen
• Please note that Some function performance is disabled/reduced due to additional
loads (rear sensor and lateral intervention related)

After towing:

• Please make sure the vehicle is parked in level ground when vehicle is with trailer
attached
• If parked on slope, please make sure the trailer is blocked by chocks by someone and
driver keep pressing the brake pedal in this phrase
• When fitted,the hitch receiver must always be removed or repositioned when it is not
in use.

Caution

• Do not attempt to install a carrier on a ES8 that is not equipped with the towing
package.Doing so can cause significant damage.
• Do not exceed the legally prescribed maximum speed for vehicle/trailer combinations
in relevant country.

Caution

• Make sure that the wires are correctly connected to avoid safety issues.
• When a trailer is hitched, the LED taillight of the trailer might flash very slightly. This
is a normal situation.

To provide power for trailer, a built-in wiring connector is attached to the tow bar near the
hitch housing.The wiring plugs on most types of trailers can be attached to this connector.

1. Left Tum Signal(Yellow)


2. Rear Fog(Blue)
3. Ground for Pins 1-8(White)
4. Right Turn Signal(Green)
5. Right Tail Lamp(Brown)
6. Stop Lamps(Red)
7. Left Tail Lamp(Black)
8. Reverse Lamps(Pink)
9. 12V Power-Permanent (Orange)
10. 12V Power-Switched/Ignition(Grey)
11. Ground for Pin 10(Black/White)
12. Trailer Brake Control Output(Light Grey)
13. Ground for Pin 9(Red/White)

Warning

Use only the electrical connection designed by NIO.Do not attempt to directly slice or attempt
to connect a trailer`s electrical wiring using any other method. Doing so can damage the
vehicle electrical system and cause malfuctions.

Note

• Some pins have 12V power.


• It is the driver`s responsibility to ensure that all electrical connections are working and
all trailer lights are operating before and during towing. You must perform manual
checks.
• Loss of trailer lights when towing may be the result of a blown fuse. ES8 dose not
provided a warning if the fuse is blown.

Caution

Always ensure that the trailer electrical cable does not contact or drag on the ground and there
is enough slack in the cable to allow for turns.

Trailer Mode

Make sure to enable the Trailer mode when towing a trailer. When you connect a trailer
electrically, the Trailer mode is automatically enabled. When you disconnect a trailer
electrically, the Trailer mode is disabled. To enable/disable the Trailer mode manually, enter
the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display
and tap Driving > Trailer Mode. One of the following indicators will be displayed on the
instrument cluster:

Icon Description

Car detects a connection for trailer lights but Trailer Mode is disabled.
It is likely that a carrying accessory has been connected.
Car detects a faulty electrical connection for the trailer lights. Some, or
all, trailer lights may not be functioning. Pull over as soon as safety
permits and inspect the trailer lights for faulty cabling or connections. If
the issues are resolved and the red icon still persists, turn Trailer Mode
off and on again.

Warning

• Do not rely on Car to detect the trailer and automatically engage Trailer Mode.
Always check that Trailer Mode is engaged before towing a trailer.
• Under no circumstances should you exit Trailer Mode when towing a trailer. Doing so
can cause serious injury and/or death.
• Do not use the suspension setting to appropriately match the height of the hitch with
the height of the trailer.

Caution

• Please connect the trailer when the ride height is "Normal". Otherwise, the ride height
will switch to "Normal" automatically.
• Some ADAS features, as well as kick sensor\easy entry\ultrasonic sensor
functionality, may not be available when Trailer Mode is enabled.

Trunk Storage
You can store your objects and luggages in the trunk.

The trunk has two compartments:

• Storage above the trunk floor


• Storage under the trunk floor

Caution

When storing liquids in the vehicle, ensure that the container is sealed. Spills or leakages may
damage the vehicle. If a spill or leakage occurs, please clean up the liquid as soon as possible.

• Load Anchoring Eyelets


• Folding Rear Row Backrests
Load Anchoring Eyelets

The load anchoring eyelets are used to attach a net or ropes to secure cargo in the trunk. There
are four eyelets in the trunk, with two on each side.

Note

The maximum load capacity of a load anchoring eyelet is approximately 450 kilograms.

Caution

• Objects that are not secured or improperly secured may slide around, turn over or be
thrown around in the cabin, which may result in injury to occupants. Sudden braking
or turns may increase the risk of injury.
• Ensure that all objects are properly stored in the vehicle to avoid them being thrown
around. Ensure that all objects are securely fastened before driving to avoid objects
sliding around or turning over. Ensure that large or heavy objects are properly secured
with belts or straps.

Parent topic: Trunk Storage

Folding Rear Row Backrests


When you need to store a large object in the trunk, you can increase the trunk storage by
folding the rear row backrests.

Folding the second row: press the button on the backrest to unlock it, and push forward to fold
the backrest.

Folding the second row: pull the handle located on the seat's exterior and push forward to fold
the backrest.

Folding the third row: pull the release ring on the backrest and push forward to fold the
backrest.

Caution

• To fold the third row backrests flat, you need to adjust the position and backrests of
the second row seats first.
• When folding a backrest forward, ensure that no objects are on the seat and the seat
belt is not fastened. Failure to do so may result in damage to the third row seats.

Parent topic: Trunk Storage

Trunk Power Socket


A 12V power socket is located on the right side of the trunk. It can supply power to
accessories.

Closing the Liftgate With One Tap


You can close the liftgate with one tap.

Press the button on the liftgate to automatically close and lock it.

• Closing the Liftgate With a Smart Key Fob


• Closing the Liftgate With the NIO App

Closing the Liftgate With a Smart Key Fob

To close the liftgate, short press the liftgate button once. Then, within three seconds long

press the button on the left side of the smart key fob for 1.5 seconds until the liftgate is
closed.

Caution
This feature is unavailable when the smart key fob battery is low. Please charge the key fob
first.

Parent topic: Closing the Liftgate With One Tap

Closing the Liftgate With the NIO App


To close the liftgate on the NIO app, make sure the vehicle is in PARK with four doors closed
and tap My Car > Liftgate. You will be notified if the liftgate is closed successfully. If the
liftgate is obstructed while closing, you will be notified that the liftgate has not closed
successfully.

Caution

This operation is only available when the vehicle is connected to the Internet.

Parent topic: Closing the Liftgate With One Tap

Liftgate Anti-Pinch
The liftgate has the anti-pinch feature.

If a solid object prevents the liftgate from opening or closing, the liftgate will stop its upward
or downward motion and anti-pinch will be engaged.

• If the liftgate is obstructed when opening, it will stop and sound a long alert.
• If the liftgate is obstructed when closing, it will stop, sound a long alert, and move in
the opposite direction for a short distance.

Warning

To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating area
before opening or closing the liftgate.

Opening the Liftgate on the Center Display


When arriving at the destination, swipe right on the home page to visit Quick Access and tap
the liftgate icon to open the liftgate.

When the liftgate is closed, press and hold , and the liftgate will open automatically.

When the liftgate is open, press and hold again, and the liftgate will close automatically.

Exterior Door Handles


When the vehicle is unlocked, the exterior door handles extend automatically. You can open
the door by pulling the corresponding door handle. The exterior door handles retract
automatically when the vehicle is locked, driving over 3 km/h, or the door handles have been
extended for over 20 seconds. If a door (or liftgate) is open, the exterior door handles will not
retract automatically, but will retract 20 seconds after all doors are closed.

Caution

When the exterior door handles automatically retract, ensure that occupants (especially
children) keep their hands away from the door handles. Failure to do so may result in injury.

If the vehicle is unlocked and the door handles are retracted, you can press the rear end of any
door handle to extend all door handles.

Caution

If the exterior door handles cannot extend automatically, push the front end of the exterior
door handle to deploy the corresponding handle.
You can also pull the interior door handle twice to open the corresponding door.

Note

• If a door is opened when you are driving over 5 km/h, the vehicle will sound a chime
to remind you to close the door as soon as possible and be mindful of your safety.
• If any door, the liftgate, or the hood is opened when the vehicle is in DRIVE, the
vehicle will sound a chime to remind you of opened doors. Close all doors, the liftgate
and the hood, or shift to a non-DRIVE gear to stop the chime. No chime will be
sounded when the charge port is opened and the vehicle is in DRIVE.

Easy Entry
Easy Entry offers the driver and passengers multiple options and settings to make entering
and exiting the vehicle more convenient.

Driver Easy Entry


After initializing the driver’s seat on the center display, you can set the most convenient exit
position for you to get out of the vehicle. With the vehicle stopped and in PARK, the driver's
seat will move to the preset exit position when you open the driver’s door, (including the seat
cushion position and backrest inclination), and the steering wheel will move to the uppermost
position. This will provide you with a larger space to get in and out of the vehicle
conveniently.
To enable/disable this feature, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display and tap Seat Comfort > Driver Easy Entry. You or an
authorized user can personalize the exit position for the corresponding account. After
manually adjusting the driver's seat to your desired exit position, tap Seat Comfort > Driver
Seat Memory and select Exit Position to save the current settings. Every time you open the
driver's door to get out of the vehicle, the driver's seat will move to the corresponding exit
position.

Caution

When setting the exit position, do not move the seat to the rearmost position or recline the
backrest to the lowest position. Doing so may adversely affect the rear passengers. You can
set the recommended optimal exit position on the center display.

Note

After turning on Driver Seat Easy Entry, when you sit in the driver’s seat and close the door
(or press the brake pedal), the driver’s seat, steering wheel, side mirrors and HUD height will
automatically adjust to the settings saved in the system.

Front Passenger Easy Entry


If a passenger opens the front passenger door when the vehicle is stopped and in PARK, the
front passenger seat will move to the preset exit position (the position of the seat cushion and
inclination of the backrest will move to the rear, and the leg support will automatically move
to its lowest position) to make entering and exiting the vehicle more convenient.
To enable/disable this feature, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display and tap Seat Comfort > Front Passenger Easy Entry.
Front Passenger Easy Entry has two setting options:

• Exit Only: when the passenger unfastens the seat belt and opens the passenger door,
the seat will move to the default position; when the passenger gets into the vehicle and
closes the passenger door, the seat will remain unchanged from the default exit
position.
• Exit + Entry: when the passenger unfastens the seat belt and opens the passenger door,
the seat will move to the default position; when the passenger gets into the vehicle and
closes the passenger door, the seat will automatically move to the default position
saved in the corresponding account (which can be edited from the center display).

Caution

When using Front Passenger Easy Entry, it is recommended that you set the default position
appropriately, and pay attention to the surrounding environment and the safety of any
passengers in the second row.

Caution

• To use this feature, ensure that the front passenger seat is in the foremost position.
• When moving the seat, please pay attention to the position of the footrest and leg
support to avoid injury.

Third Row Easy Entry


Pull the handle on the backrest of the second row seat to fold the backrest slightly forward.
Next, release the handle and push the second row seat forward to allow for convenient entry
and exit to the third row.
Once the passengers are seated in the third row, recline the second row backrest until you hear
a click to restore the seat to its original position.

Caution

If necessary, you can also adjust the front seats, so that the second row seats can be moved
forward further.

In case of emergency, passengers in the third row can pull the strap on the back of the second
row seat to fold the backrest forward and exit the vehicle immediately.

Third Row Easy Entry


Passengers can conveniently reach the third row via the aisle between the second row seats.
When seated, passengers can also move the second row seats forward or backward for a more
comfortable experience.

• Ride Height Easy Entry

Ride Height Easy Entry


When the vehicle is locked, the suspension automatically adjusts to the lowest setting for
more convenient loading/unloading of cargo and passengers. When the vehicle is being
driven, the suspension automatically raise to the height corresponding to the current drive
mode.

To enable/disable this feature, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving > Ride Height Easy Entry.

Warning

Before turning on Ride Height Easy Entry, ensure that the area underneath the vehicle is clear
of people and any objects, and is on a flat road. Failure to do so may result in injury to people
or damage to the vehicle.

Parent topic: Easy Entry

Auto Reading Lights


When you unlock the vehicle or open any door (or liftgate), the reading lights turn on
automatically to illuminate the cabin. The reading lights turn off automatically if any of the
following conditions are met. In this case, you can turn on the reading lights by touching the
switch on the headliner.

• The vehicle is being driven


• The vehicle is locked from the outside
• A door is open for over 10 minutes
• All doors are closed for over 15 seconds

Note

When the vehicle is not locked from the outside and you turn on a front reading light by
touching the switch on the headliner, the reading light can only be turned off manually.

To turn on/off the reading lights, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control
bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Lights > Auto Reading Lights.

• Controlling the Front Reading Lights

Controlling the Front Reading Lights


You can manually turn on the reading lights to illuminate the cabin when placing objects,
viewing a map, or reading documents. Two touch switches controlling the front reading lights
are located on the front headliner. To turn a reading light on/off, touch the corresponding
switch; to turn all of the reading lights on/off, touch the master switch in the center.
1. Driver’s side reading light switch
2. Passenger side reading light switch
3. Reading light master switch

When the vehicle is locked from the outside (with a smart key fob or NIO app), all reading
lights will be turned off.

Note

If a front reading light is turned on via the touch switch on the headliner, the reading light
cannot be controlled by the master switch and will need to be turned off manually; if the front
reading lights are off, you can control both front and rear reading lights using the master
switch.

Parent topic: Auto Reading Lights

Puddle Lights
Each door is equipped with a puddle light and the liftgate features two puddle lights. The
puddle lights illuminate the ground at night to prevent you and passengers from stepping into
a puddle.

The puddle light turns on when a corresponding door or the liftgate is opened, and turns off
after it remains open for 10 minutes or is closed.
Footwell Lights
The footwell lights illuminate the footwell for you and passengers to enter and exit the
vehicle.

When the vehicle is stopped, all footwell lights automatically turn on if any door is opened
and will turn off in any of the following conditions:

• The vehicle is in DRIVE or REVERSE.


• The vehicle is locked from the outside (with a smart key fob, keyless locking, NFC,
NIO app, etc.).
• A door is opened for 10 minutes.
• All doors are closed for three minutes.

Smart Ambient Lighting


The smart ambient lights are located on the instrument panel, doors and headliner. You can
set your preferred ambient lighting and enjoy the delightful atmosphere it creates.
You can turn on ambient lighting on the center display. In this case, the default ambient
lighting effect for the current drive mode will be turned on. Swipe right on the home page to
visit Quick Access, tap Ambient Lighting to choose you desired color and brightness for the
current drive mode and save it to your settings.

Door Sill Inlay Lighting


In order to provide a delightful entry and exit, when you or a passenger opens any door, the
door sill inlay lighting for the corresponding door will light up to illuminate the cabin and
surrounding environment.

Driver’s Seat Memory


When you or an authorized user unlocks the vehicle and takes the driver’s seat (with the
driver’s door closed), the driver’s seat, steering wheel, side mirrors and HUD height will
automatically adjust to your or the authorized user’s preferred settings saved to the
corresponding account.

Shift into PARK, go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Seat Comfort > Driver Seat Memory to customize your settings.
After adjusting the steering wheel, driver’s seat, side mirrors and HUD height, go to Driver
Seat Memory and select Drive, Alternate, Relaxor Otherto customize and save the new
settings to the corresponding user account.

After unlocking the vehicle and sitting in the driver’s seat (with the driver’s door closed),
retrieve the latest driver’s seat settings by swiping right on the home page to visit Quick
Access, or going to Driver Seat Memory and selecting Drive, Alternate, Relaxor Other.

If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the settings (e.g. driver’s seat position) while
using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding seat icon on the center display to update
the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings saved to the corresponding account.

Caution

• Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats
are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest
position to avoid damaging the headliner.
• While driving, do not short press any buttons on the memory page on the center
display to adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of
your safety.
• While driving, you cannot save the current position of the driver’s seat, steering wheel
or side mirrors to a corresponding account by long pressing any buttons on the
memory page on the center display.

Note

After turning on Driver Seat Easy Entry, when you sit in the driver’s seat and close the door
(or press the brake pedal), the driver’s seat, steering wheel, side mirrors and HUD height will
automatically adjust to the settings saved in the system.

You or an authorized user can switch user accounts on the center display to load the
corresponding settings. Tap the profile photo or user name on the center display to view valid
accounts (including the owner's account and all authorized user accounts). Tap the profile
photo or user name you want to switch to, and log into the account after completing
verification (by scanning the QR code with the NIO app, gesture, and email password).

Caution

• You can only switch accounts when the vehicle is not being driven.
• In Guest Mode, the vehicle will not save any customized settings (such as the driver’s
seat position).

• Driver’s Seat Memory


• Steering Wheel Memory
• Side Mirror Memory

Driver’s Seat Memory


To set the driver’s seat memory for the first time, shift into PARK and follow the initialization
instructions on the center display to operate the driver’s seat and the buttons on the steering
wheel. After completing the initialization settings, go to Settings from the leftmost side of the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Seat Comfort > Driver Seat Memory
to customize your settings. After adjusting the seat position and backrest, go to Driver Seat
Memory and choose Drive, Alternate, Relax or Otherto customize and save the settings to
the corresponding user account.

After unlocking the vehicle and sitting in the driver’s seat (with the driver’s door closed),
retrieve the latest driver’s seat settings by swiping right on the home page to visit Quick
Access, or going to Driver Seat Memory and selecting Drive, Alternate, Relax or Other.

If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the settings (e.g. driver’s seat position) while
using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding seat icon on the center display to update
the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings to the corresponding account.

1. Adjusting seat position

To move the seat forward or backward, push the switch in the corresponding direction.

2. Cushion tilt

To tilt the seat cushion up or down, push the switch in the corresponding direction.

3. Seat height

To move the seat up or down, push the switch in the corresponding direction.

4. Lumber support

To adjust the lumber support, press the corresponding position on the switch.

5. Backrest inclination

To adjust the backrest, move the switch forward or backward. The backrest can be
reclined up to 73 degrees and is set to 20 degrees by default.
Warning

Do not adjust the seat’s position while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.

Caution

• Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats
are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest
position to avoid damaging the headliner.
• While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center
display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of
your safety.

Parent topic: Driver’s Seat Memory

Steering Wheel Memory


To set the driver’s seat memory for the first time, shift into PARK and follow the initialization
instructions on the center display to operate the driver’s seat and the buttons on the steering
wheel. After completing the initialization settings, go to Settings from the leftmost side of the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Seat Comfort > Driver Seat Memory
to customize your settings. After adjusting the steering wheel, go to Driver Seat Memory
and choose Drive, Alternate, Relaxor Otherto customize and save the settings to the
corresponding user account.

After sitting in the driver’s seat (with the driver’s door closed), go to Driver Seat Memory
and choose Drive, Alternate, Relaxor Other, after which the steering wheel will
automatically adjust to the latest settings saved in the corresponding account.

If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the settings (e.g. steering wheel position) while
using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding position icon on the center display to
update the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings saved to the corresponding
account.

Warning
• Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving. Doing so may result in an
accident.
• An improper steering wheel position or seating position may result in injury. Make
sure your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel.

Caution

• Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats
are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest
position to avoid damaging the headliner.
• While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center
display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of
your safety.

Parent topic: Driver’s Seat Memory

Side Mirror Memory


To set the driver’s seat memory for the first time, shift into PARK and follow the initialization
instructions on the center display to operate the driver’s seat and buttons on the steering
wheel. After completing the initialization settings, go to Settings from the leftmost side of the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Seat Comfort > Driver Seat Memory
to customize your settings. After adjusting the driver’s side or passenger side mirror, go to
Driver Seat Memory and choose Drive, Alternate, Relax or Otherto customize and save
the settings to the corresponding user account.

After sitting in the driver’s seat (with the driver’s door closed), go to Driver Seat Memory
and choose Drive, Alternate, Relax or Other, after which the side mirrors will automatically
adjust to the most recent settings saved in the corresponding account.

If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the settings (e.g. side mirror position) when
using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding position icon on the center display to
update the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings saved to the corresponding
account.
1. Driver’s side mirror

Turn the side mirror knob to the driver’s side and press it to adjust the side mirror’s
position. Upon releasing the knob, the side mirror will stop at its current position.

2. Passenger side mirror

Turn the side mirror knob to the driver’s side and press it to adjust the side mirror’s
position. Upon releasing the knob, the side mirror will stop at its current position.

Warning

Do not adjust the side mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.

Caution

• Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats
are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest
position to avoid damaging the headliner.
• While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center
display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of
your safety.

When the vehicle is in REVERSE, the side mirrors will automatically tilt down to provide a
better view during reverse parking. You can go to Settings from the leftmost side of the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Auto-Tilt In Reverse to
enable this feature. When the side mirrors tilt down, you can use the knob to adjust their
positions. The new positions will be automatically saved to the corresponding account (this
means that you don’t have to manually save the settings on the center display). The side
mirrors will automatically tilt down to the saved positions the next time the vehicle is in
REVERSE. The side mirrors will revert back to Drive Position when the vehicle is not in
REVERSE.

Note

When the side mirrors are automatically tilting to a saved position, if you adjust a side mirror
using the side mirror knob, the side mirrors will stop tilting and save the new position to the
corresponding account.

Parent topic: Driver’s Seat Memory

Passenger Seat Memory


To set the front passenger seat memory, shift into PARK, enter the settings page from the
leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Seat Comfort >
Passenger Seat Memory (default position cannot be customized). After adjusting the seat
position and backrest, go to Passenger Seat Memory and choose Frequent, Alternate , or
Rest to customize and save the settings to the corresponding user account.
To retrieve the latest passenger seat settings after sitting in the front passenger seat, press the
corresponding seat icon on the center display.

If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the front passenger seat while using the vehicle,
press and hold the corresponding seat icon on the center display to update the settings, which
will overwrite the existing settings to the corresponding account.

Caution

Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe
environment, the seat is clear of obstacles, the footrest is stowed, and the rear seat is
unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to
avoid damaging the headliner.

Caution

• When moving the seat, please pay attention to the position of the footrest and leg
support to avoid injury.

Front Storage
The vehicle comes with a variety of convenient storage areas.

Door Side Storage


Each door has a storage area to place beverages or other objects. It is also equipped with a
storage light to illuminate the corresponding door in dark environments or when the position
lights are on. On the driver’s side, the instrument panel has a storage space for ID cards (e.g.
driving license).

Assist Grips
Each door has an assist grip above the door frame for occupants to grab when the vehicle is

driven at high speeds or bouncing.

Card Holders
Each sun visor has a card holder for you to store cards such as name cards or toll cards.

Cup Holders
Your vehicle has two cup holders in the center console.

Warning
• Do not put any hot beverages in an open container. A spill can increase the risk of
injury.
• Do not place any fragile items, or they may cause injury when broken.

Center Storage Box


The center storage box comes with two compartments, namely upper storage and a safe box.
You can open the compartments by pressing the corresponding button on the center armrest.

1. Upper storage

To open the upper storage, press the button and lift up the armrest cover. The upper
storage is used to store smaller objects like phones.

2. Safe box

To open the safe box, press the button and lift up the armrest cover. When the safe box
is locked, you need to enter your gesture password on the center display to open the
safe box. The storage keeps your objects safe and organized.

3. Safe box USB 3.0 port

Able to transfer data at high speeds and charge mobile devices.

4. Safe box USB 2.0 port

Able to transfer data and charge mobile devices.

5. Storage box

Able to keep small objects organized and prevent them from moving around.

The safe box password is turned off by default, and can only be turned on under the owner’s
account. To turn on the safe box password, swipe right on the home page to visit Quick
Access, and choose Safe Box. Next, you will need to enter your vehicle gesture password.
The safe box password will be turned on when you enter the correct password.
The vehicle's owner or an authorized user can use gesture password to unlock the safe box.

• Owner's account

The owner can tap the Safe Box icon on the center display and enter their gesture
password to unlock it. The safe box locks automatically when closed.

To turn off the safe box password, tap Safe Box and choose Turn Off Password. The
safe box password will be turned off after you enter the correct gesture password.

• Authorized users

After logging in, an authorized user can tap the Safe Box icon on the center display
and set a gesture password (which will be saved to the authorized user’s account).
After this, the authorized user can unlock the safe box by entering their gesture
password. The safe box will lock automatically when it is closed.

Note

• If an authorized user is not authorized to access the safe box feature, the safe box will
be disabled.
• When an authorized service specialist or guest enters the vehicle, the safe box will be
disabled.
• The safe box will automatically lock if it is not opened for 30 seconds after unlocking.

Connecting to Mobile Devices


You can connect the vehicle to a mobile device (e.g. phone, laptop) via Bluetooth, and sync
your mobile device (e.g. phone contacts, music) to the vehicle on the center display for an
optimal infotainment experience. The mobile device will be automatically synced to your
vehicle the next time it is connected. You don’t need to re-allow the connection.

To connect to your mobile device via Bluetooth, tap the Bluetooth icon at the top of the center
display:

1. Turn on Bluetooth on your mobile device (e.g. phone, laptop).


2. To enable Bluetooth, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at
the bottom of the center display and tap Connect.
3. Choose the mobile device you want to connect to on the center display to pair the
device manually.

Alternatively, you can connect a mobile device via Bluetooth with one tap by placing it on the
wireless charging pad and following the instruction below (this approach is only available for
certain phones):

1. Turn on NFC and Bluetooth on your phone.


2. Place the phone on the wireless charging pad on the center console.
3. Enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Connect, select Bluetooth, then NFC Quick Connect.

Note

Do not remove your phone from the charging pad when it is connected to the vehicle
via Bluetooth.

Wireless Charging
You can charge your device by placing it on the wireless charging pad on the center console.

Wireless charging is enabled by default. To disable this feature, enter the settings page from
the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Connect >
Wireless Charging. The current setting will be saved in the corresponding account. The
current charging status is shown on the center display.

When the wireless charging pad is occupied by a mobile device connected via the Bluetooth
NFC quick connect, charging will stop.

Under the following conditions, charging will stop and the center display will display a status
notification:
• Charging is complete.
• A fault occurs during charging. For example the charging voltage is too high or too
low.

Note

• When wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (such as a metal key or coin)
placed on the wireless charging pad may affect its charging efficiency or even lead to
a burn.
• It is normal for the key fob or phone to become hot after being charged for a long
period of time. Do not place a fully charged device on the charging pad. Doing so can
cause overheating.
• Do not charge two or more devices wirelessly at the same time.

Driver’s Seat
The power driver’s seat is an 8-way adjustable seat, with 4-way power lumber support and a
4-way power headrest.

1. Seat position

To move the seat forward or backward, push the switch in the corresponding direction.
The driver’s seat can be moved forward up to 190 millimeters and backward up to 60
millimeters.

2. Cushion tilt

To tilt the seat cushion up or down, push the switch in the corresponding direction.

3. Seat height

To move the seat up or down, push the switch in the corresponding direction.

4. Lumber support

To adjust the lumber support, press the corresponding position on the switch.
5. Backrest inclination

To adjust the backrest, push the switch forward or backward. The backrest can be
reclined up to 73 degrees and is set to 20 degrees by default.

1. Headrest

To adjust the headrest, press the left button under the headrest. The headrest is 5-way
adjustable along a vertical axis. When the headrest is adjusted and fixed at a set height,
you will hear a “click”.

To remove the headrest, gently tilt the seat back, press the buttons on the both sides of
the headrest, and pull out the headrest.

2. Headrest inclination

You can adjust the inclination of the headrest by pulling it forward. To reset the
headrest to an upright position, pull the headrest to the foremost position and release
it.

Please adjust the driver’s seat according to your height and seating position. While driving,
make sure that the backrest is upright and the highest point of the headrest is in the center of
your head so that your body and head are sufficiently supported, and the seat belt and airbag
may function correctly.

Warning

• When driving, your safety belt should be worn correctly. An improper seating position
may result in severe injury.
• Do not drive with the backrest reclined to an extreme degree. Doing so may impair the
protective function of the seat belt and air bags.
• To provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate height
according to the occupant’s height.
• Do not adjust the seat while driving. Doing so may result in injury.
• Make sure your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel. Failure to do
so can impair the protective function of the air bags and result in severe injury.
• Do not place any objects under the seat.
Steering Wheel
When seated in the driver’s seat, you can adjust the 4-way power steering wheel by pushing
the button.

Warning

• Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving. Doing so may result in an
accident.
• An improper steering wheel position or seating position may result in injury. Make
sure your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel.

Double-button Restart of Steering Wheel

If the center display shows some abnormalities, such as screen stuttering or unresponsive
screen, try resolving by quickly restarting the vehicle system.

Instructions for Double-button Restart:

1. Turn on the hazard warning lights;


2. Park your vehicle in a safe area and put into P gear;
3. Press the distance increase button ① on the left side of the steering wheel and the
volume decrease button ② on the right side at the same time, and hold for about 8
seconds.
4. After about 30 seconds, all screens will light up and the system can resume operation.

If the system has not returned to normal, please contact the NIO Service Center as soon as
possible.
Caution

• The vehicle must be in PARK to use Dual-Button Restart. Please ensure that the
vehicle is parked in a safe area;
• It is strictly forbidden to perform Dual-Button Restart while the vehicle is moving;
• Keep the hazard warning light on while the vehicle is in the system restart process;
• Do not perform Dual-Button Restart when the vehicle software is being upgraded;
• During the restart process, the vehicle status display, safety warning, surround view
image, map interface, and other information cannot be seen;
• If the screen fails to resume normal operation after Dual-Button Restart, you can try to
lock the vehicle and put the vehicle to sleep. If the problem persists, please contact
NIO.

Side Mirrors
When seated (with the doors closed or the brake pedal pressed once), you can adjust the side
mirrors by using the knob on the driver’s door. Turn the side mirror knob to the driver’s side
or passenger side, and press the knob to adjust the corresponding side mirror. Release the
knob to stop the side mirror at their current position.

1. Driver’s side mirror


2. Passenger side mirror

Warning

Do not adjust the side mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.

Front Passenger Seat


The passenger in the front can adjust the passenger seat. The power passenger seat is a 6-way
adjustable seat, with 4-way power lumber support and 5-way power headrest.
1. Seat position

To move the seat forward or backward, push the switch in the corresponding direction.
The passenger seat can be moved forward up to 190 millimeters and backward up to
60 millimeters when in normal mode.

2. Seat height

To move the seat up or down, push the switch in the corresponding direction.

3. Lumber support

To adjust the lumber support, press the corresponding position on the switch.

4. Backrest inclination

To adjust the backrest, move the switch forward or backward. The backrest can be
reclined up to 73 degrees and is set to 25 degrees by default.

The front passenger seat also features leather-wrapped power leg support, providing your
passenger with a relaxing experience on par with first class. To move the leg support up or
down, push the switch in the corresponding direction.
To adjust the front passenger seat, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control
bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Seat Comfort > Passenger Seat Memory.
Press and hold an icon to adjust the corresponding seat section. Release the icon and the seat
will stop moving.

Please adjust the passenger seat according to the passenger’s height and seating position.
While driving, make sure that the backrest is upright and the highest point of the headrest is in
the center of the passenger’s head so that the body and head are sufficiently supported, and
the seat belt and airbag may function correctly.

1. Headrest

To adjust the headrest, press the left button under the headrest. The headrest is 5-way
adjustable along a vertical axis. When the headrest is adjusted and fixed at a set height,
you will hear a “click”.

To remove the headrest, gently tilt the seat back, press the buttons on the both sides of
the headrest, and pull out the headrest.

2. Headrest inclination

You can adjust the inclination of the headrest by pulling it forward. To reset the
headrest to an upright position, pull the headrest to the foremost position and release
it.

Warning

• When driving, your safety belt should be worn correctly. An improper seating position
may result in severe injury.
• Do not drive with the backrest reclined to an extreme degree. Doing so may impair the
protective function of the seat belt and air bags.
• To provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate height
according to the occupant’s height.
• Do not adjust the seat while driving. Doing so may result in injury.
• Do not place any objects under the seat.
Seat Comfort
When seated, the front passenger can store high heels or a handbag in the storage under the
center console, which features two hidden utility hooks (holding up to five kilograms) and a
12V power socket for your convenience.

After taking off shoes (especially high heels), the passenger can place their feet on the foot
rest. You can adjust the foot rest by pushing the switch in the corresponding direction. When
stowed, the foot rest can be used to store documents and newspapers.

To adjust the foot rest, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the
bottom of the center display and tap Seat Comfort > Passenger Seat Memory. Press and
hold the footrest icon to adjust the footrest. Release the icon and the footrest will stop moving.

• Vanity Mirrors

Vanity Mirrors
The vehicle has illuminated vanity mirrors on the sun visors. The mirror automatically lights
up when you open the sun visor.
Parent topic: Seat Comfort

Seat Massage
The vehicle offers a variety of features right at your fingertips to provide you, your family and
friends with a joyful and comfortable experience.

Lumbar massage is available for the front seats and is set to off by default. Enter the settings
page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Seat > Massage to select
the desired massage mode (rolling, tapping, or gentle) for the driver or the front passenger.

With this feature on, the current heating level will be saved and the feature will turn off when
the driver or front passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds; if someone is seated again
after 30 seconds to 15 minutes, the feature will turn on automatically and resume the
previously saved heating level; if someone is seated after 15 minutes, the feature will not turn
on automatically.

Front Climate Control


Climate Bar
You can adjust the cabin temperature and air distribution using the climate bar at the bottom
of the center display.
1. Vehicle Settings

To edit vehicle settings including doors, windows and locks, tap to enter Settings.

2. Air circulation

Displays the current air circulation mode. Tap to switch between Recirculation Mode

, Auto Circulation Mode , and Fresh Air Mode .

With Auto Circulation Mode on, when the outside air is heavily polluted, the vehicle
automatically switches from Fresh Air Mode to Recirculation Mode to ensure optimal
cabin air quality.

3. Driver’s side temperature

Displays the current temperature on the driver’s side. Tap the icon to access the
climate control panel.

Swipe left or right to adjust the driver’s side temperature between 15-31 degrees
Celsius.

Tap the arrow to adjust the temperature in 0.5-degree increments/decrements.

Tap Sync to apply the driver’s side temperature settings to the front passenger and rear
seats. To stop temperature sync, manually adjust the temperature of the front
passenger or rear seats on the center display.

4. Climate controls

To display the current mode, tap to access the climate control panel.

5. Passenger side temperature

To display the current temperature on the driver’s side, tap the icon to access the
climate control panel.

Swipe left or right, or up or down to adjust the passenger side temperature between
15-31 degrees Celsius.

Tap the arrow to adjust the temperature in 0.5-degree increments/decrements.

6. Front windshield defrosting/defogging

When in operation, the vehicle will turn on Manual Mode (A/C) for air conditioning,
Air on Windshield for air distribution, and Auto Circulation Mode for air circulation
to clear up frost and fog as quickly as possible.

Enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch Cabin Comfort >
Auto Defogging, to automatically defog the front windshield when it fogs up.
7. Rear windshield heating

Tap to warm up the rear windshield. This feature automatically turns off after 15
minutes.

You can view the current cabin air quality in the top right corner of the center display, and
choose an air purification mode:

• Choose Off to turn air purification off;


• choose Auto to allow the vehicle to automatically adjust the fan speed according to the
concentration of PM2.5 in the cabin;
• choose Silent to purify the air in the cabin at a low fan speed.
• To further improve the air quality in the cabin through ionization, enter Settings from
the bottom left of the center display, and touch Cabin Comfort > Ionizer.

Climate Control Panel


To adjust the front and rear temperatures, tap the temperature or climate control icon in the
climate bar to access the climate control panel.

1. Turning the front climate control on and off

Tap the power button to turn the front climate control on.

Tap a second time to turn the front climate control off. In this case, the rear climate
control will also be turned off.

2. Air distribution

If AUTO is off, tap the corresponding area to manually control the direction of the air
flow.

3. Front fan speed

Tap the “+” or “-” icon to adjust the front fan speed. The front vents operate at eight
speed levels.
4. Manual Mode (A/C)

Tap to turn on Manual Mode (A/C). In this case, you can manually adjust the fan
speed and temperature for cooling or heating.

If you turn it off, the vehicle switches to Fresh Air Mode.

5. AUTO Mode

Tap to turn on AUTO Mode. This automatically adjusts the temperature, fan speed, air
distribution and air circulation of the front and rear seats according to the temperature
you set.

Tap a second time to turn off AUTO Mode. The air conditioning status will remain
unchanged.

6. Max Cooling Mode

Tap to turn on the max setting for cooling. If Manual Mode (A/C) is also on, the
vehicle will automatically switch to Recirculation Mode with the fan speed set to the
highest level and face-level vents on in order to cool the cabin more rapidly in hot
weather.

Tap a second time to turn Max Cooling Mode off and restore the air conditioning to
the previous settings.

7. Max Heating Mode

Tap to turn on the max setting for heating. If Manual Mode (A/C) is also on, the
vehicle will automatically switch to Recirculation Mode with the fan speed set to the
highest level and foot-level vents on in order to warm up the cabin more rapidly in
cold weather.

Tap a second time to turn Max Heating Mode off and restore the air conditioning to
the previous settings.

1. Turning the climate control on and off


Tap to turn on or off both front and rear climate control.

2. Air distribution

If AUTO is off, tap the corresponding area to manually control the direction of the air
flow.

3. Rear fan speed

Tap the “+” or “-” icon to adjust the rear fan speed. The rear vents operate at six speed
levels.

4. AUTO Mode

Press to turn on AUTO Mode. This automatically adjusts the temperature, fan speed,
and air distribution of the rear cabin according to the temperature you set.

Press a second time to turn off AUTO Mode and the air conditioning status will
remain unchanged.

5. Turning on and off rear climate control

Tap to turn on or off rear climate control.

6. Panel lock

Tap to turn on the panel lock. In this case, the rear climate control settings can only be
adjusted on the center display.

7. Adjusting rear temperature

Swipe left or right to adjust the rear temperature between 15-31 degrees Celsius.

Tap the arrow to adjust the temperature in 0.5-degree increments/decrements.

Adjusting Air Vents


The front air vents are located below the windshield, and both on and underneath the
instrument panel.
1. Front windshield vents
2. Face-level vents
3. Foot-level vents

The following is a list of air distribution modes available at present:

Icon Mode
Air on windshield

If used together with a high fan speed, it quickly defogs and defrosts the front
windshield in cold and humid weather conditions.
Air on face

Heats or cools the front cabin.


Air on feet

Heats or cools the footwell areas.


Air on windshield and feet

Defrosts the front windshield while heating or cooling the footwell areas.
Air on face and feet

Conditions the front cabin including the footwell areas to a comfortable


temperature.
Air on windshield, face and feet

Defrosts the front windshield while conditioning the front cabin including the
footwell areas to a comfortable temperature.

The front air vents can be adjusted individually as follows:


1. Fan speed

Roll the thumbwheel away from the air vent to turn the vent off. Roll the thumbwheel
towards the air vent to increase the fan speed.

2. Air flow direction

Move the control from side to side or up and down to change the direction of the
airflow. Direct the air vent on the instrument panel towards the side window to remove
fog; direct the air vent towards the passenger seat to cool the cabin in hot weather.

Tips for Using Air Conditioning


• Maintain and replace the air filter according to the specified service intervals to keep
the air in the cabin fresh. After replacement, enter Settings from the bottom left of the
center display, and touch Cabin Comfort > Air Filter Reminder to reset the
reminder.
• Keep the grille clear of any obstructions (e.g. leaves, snow).
• If the vehicle is parked in extremely hot weather conditions, turn the air conditioning
on and open the windows simultaneously to rapidly cool the cabin.
• In hot weather conditions, when the vehicle is in PARK and the air conditioning is
operating, it is normal for condensation from the cooling system to drip and form a
puddle of water under the front of your vehicle. Enter Settings from the bottom left of
the center display, and touch Cabin Comfort > Auto Moist Removal. When you
leave and lock the vehicle, if residual water is detected in the AC system, the blower
will automatically turn on to maximum speed to get rid of moist in the evaporator and
air duct, and limit the bacteria growth in moist environment. You can choose from two
modes, Standard (the blower continues to operate for three minutes) and Strong (the
blower continues to operate for 20 minutes).

Note

• MicroAir pro Tect line/ microAir blue with surface disinfection properties by means
of a functional filter layer based on fruit extract( active ingredient CAS-Nr. 77-92-9
and/ or 5949-29-1) for use in air handling/ air conditioning systems: Bacteriostatic and
fungistatic surface disinfection properties against a multitude of gram-postive and
gram-negative bacteria, yeast and fungi as well as viral surface disinfection properties(
excellent antiviral efficacy for influenza virus H1N1 and corona virus HCoV 229E
according to ISO 18184:2019) to prevent virus shedding/ viral re-aerosolization.No
additional precautions to be taken when placing the filter on the market.
• URD Coating is a hydrophilic chemical which contains biocidal products. The
evaporator could be protected by the hydrophilic coating, with surface disinfection
properties by means of a functional layer based on active substances TBZ(CAS:148-
79-8), SPT(CAS:3811-73-2), ZPT(Cas:13463-41-7) and/or OIT(Cas:26530-20-1). The
coating also shows great antimildew properties for Aspergillus Niger, Penicillium sp.
and antimicrobial properties for Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus.No
additional precautions to be taken when placing the evaporator on the market.

Seat Heating
Turn seat heating on in cold weather to enjoy a cozy and warm seating experience.

The seat heating is set to off by default. To turn it on, visit Quick Access from the bottom of
the center display and tap Seat. You can choose to heat the driver’s seat or front passenger
seat on this page. When the weather is hot, the vehicle will suggests you to “switch to seat
ventilation with one tap” on the center display, after which you can choose to accept or
decline by tapping the button.

For rear seats, you can choose to warm up the left or right seat in the second row.

Seat heating operates at three levels. It can reach the preconditioned level within 10 minutes
and then maintain the same temperature.

With this feature on, the current heating level will be saved and the feature will turn off when
the driver or front passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds; if someone is seated again
after 30 seconds to 15 minutes, the feature will turn on automatically and resume the
previously saved heating level; if someone is seated after 15 minutes, the feature will not turn
on automatically.

Seat Ventilation
Turn on seat ventilation in hot weather to enjoy a cool and refreshing experience.

The seat ventilation is set to off by default. To turn it on, visit Quick Access from the bottom
of the center display and tap Seat. Seat ventilation is available for both the driver’s seat and
front passenger seat and operates at three levels. When the weather is cold, the vehicle will
suggest to “switch to seat heating with one tap” on the center display, after which you can
choose to turn seat heating on or off by tapping the button.

With this feature on, the current heating level will be saved and the feature will turn off when
the driver or front passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds; if someone is seated again
after 30 seconds to 15 minutes, the feature will turn on automatically and resume the
previously saved heating level; if someone is seated after 15 minutes, the feature will not turn
on automatically.

Steering Wheel Heating


Turn steering wheel heating on in cold weather to enjoy a comfortable driving experience. To
turn it on, enter the Quick Access interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap Seat > Heating > Steering Wheel Heating. The steering wheel gradually
warms up to a comfortable level within 10 minutes and then maintains that level.

Window Controls
Use the window switches on the four doors to open or close windows. The driver’s door has
switches to control all of the windows.
1. Driver’s side window
2. Passenger side window
3. Second row window – right
4. Second row window – left

Each of the other three doors also has a switch on the armrest to control the corresponding

window.

To partially lower a window, gently press the switch and release it once the window reaches
the intended position; to lower a window fully, press the switch all the way down and
immediately release it (Quick Window Opening). To partially raise a window, gently pull the
switch and release it once the window reaches the intended position; to raise a window fully,
pull the switch all the way up and immediately release it (Quick Window Closing). To stop
the window from moving at any time, press or pull the switch again.

When the vehicle is in PARK and the driver's seat is unoccupied (with the doors, hood and
liftgate closed), you can use the smart key fob to control the windows. To fully open all
windows, press the unlock button and then within three seconds press and hold the button
again (for 1.5 seconds); to fully close all windows, press the lock button, and then within three
seconds press and hold the button again (for 1.5 seconds); if you release the unlock or lock
button, the windows will stop at their current position.

All four windows feature anti-pinch protection. When an obstruction prevents the window
from closing, the window will stop closing and move down slightly.

The window’s anti-pinch detection area is as follows:


Warning

Before closing a window, ensure that all occupants, especially children, keep their heads and
hands away from the window’s opening. Although the windows feature anti-pinch protection,
they may cause injury if you do not pay attention or close the windows in a reckless manner.

Under the following conditions, anti-pinch protection for the corresponding window will be
temporarily disabled and Quick Window Closing won’t be available (but will automatically
be restored after 10 seconds):

1. The window is frozen, which stops the window from moving up.
2. Anti-pinch protection is activated three times within 15 seconds, which stops the
window from moving up.

If a power window does not function and anti-pinch protection fails (e.g. due to restarting the
low voltage battery after a power failure), you can initialize it as follows:

1. Pull the corresponding switch until the window is fully closed.


2. Release the switch, after which the window will move down slightly. In this case, pull
the switch again until the window is fully closed.
3. Press the switch to lower the window until it is fully open.

• Controlling Windows on the Center Display

Controlling Windows on the Center Display


To control all windows, enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch
Windows.
• Close

Tap to close all windows.

• Ajar

When turned on, the left front and right rear windows are 10% open, while the right
front and left rear windows are closed.

• Ventilation

When turned on, all windows are fully open.

• Favorite

Press and hold to save the current positions of all four windows. Next time you tap
Memory again, the vehicle will automatically adjust the windows to the saved
positions.

Parent topic: Window Controls

Sunroof and Sunshade Controls


The vehicle features a panoramic sunroof, with switches located on the headliner for front
occupants to conveniently control the sunroof and sunshade.
1. Sunshade switch

Press the front or rear part of the switch to fully open or close the sunshade
respectively. Press the switch to stop the sunshade from moving at any time.

2. Sunroof switch

Press the rear part of the switch to flip up the sunroof. Press a second time to fully
open the sunroof. To fully close the sunroof, press the front part of the switch. Press
the switch to stop the sunroof from moving at any time.

Note

• The vehicle opens the sunshade simultaneously when opening the sunroof. However,
it does not open the sunshade when tilting the sunroof.
• If the sunroof is partially opened, the sunshade will move to the same position when it
is closed.

When the vehicle is in PARK and the driver’s seat is unoccupied (with the doors, hood and
liftgate closed), you can use the smart key fob to control the sunroof and sunshade. To fully
open them, press the unlock button and then within three seconds press and hold the button
again (for 1.5 seconds); to fully close them, press the lock button and then within three
seconds press and hold the button again (for 1.5 seconds). If you release the unlock or lock
button, both the sunroof and sunshade will stop moving.

The sunroof features anti-pinch protection. When there is an obstruction preventing the
sunroof from closing, the sunroof will stop closing and move backwards slightly.

If a power failure occurs when the sunroof is moving, you can initialize the sunroof as follows
after powering on your vehicle:

1. Press the front part of the switch forward to fully close both the sunroof and sunshade
(the sunshade moves simultaneously with the sunroof during initialization). Then,
press and hold the switch until the sunroof and sunshade move forward to the furthest
possible position and then move back a little.
2. Release the switch, and then press and hold the front part of the switch again within
six seconds. The sunroof and sunshade will move back to the edge of the anti-pitch
area, and then move forward until fully closed.

Warning

• When closing the sunroof, all occupants must keep their heads and hands away from
the sunroof’s opening. Although the sunroof features anti-pinch protection, it may
cause injury if you do not pay attention or close it in a reckless manner.
• Do not place any objects on the sunroof. Doing so may result in injury if an object
falls when you open or close the sunroof.

Making a Phone Call


Once your phone is paired with the vehicle via Bluetooth, you can make calls after allowing
the vehicle to access your phone’s contacts and recent calls. You can access Phone from the
home page or application launcher.

After syncing your phone’s contacts and recent calls to the vehicle, you can select a contact or
recent call, or directly dial a number to make a call. During the call, you can switch between
Private Mode and Hands-Free Mode.

On the Phone page, you can view recent calls, switch to other Bluetooth phones, or hide
recent calls.

• Switching Call Modes

Switching Call Modes


The vehicle can automatically switch between call modes according to the current call status
and Bluetooth connection:
• During a phone call, you can switch between Private Mode and Hands-Free Mode
either on your phone or the center display.
• If you park and leave the vehicle with a phone call still in progress, Hands-Free Mode
will automatically switch to Private Mode.

Parent topic: Making a Phone Call

Steering Wheel Controls


You can use the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel to easily control media, drive
mode, vehicle status and other features.

1. Arrow buttons

Press the corresponding button to switch to the desired option.

When playing music, press the left or right arrow button to play the previous or next
track; to control the volume, press the up or down arrow button.

2. OK button

Press to turn a selected feature on.

When playing music, press the OK button to pause the music.

3. Menu button

Press the menu button to switch between options (including media, drive mode, and
vehicle status). Press and hold the menu button to directly access to the Child Lock,
Quick Video Record, and 360° Surround View. Enter the settings page from the
leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving >
Press and hold the menu button to select from the quick controls.

4. Voice command button


Press to activate NOMI, after which you can interact with NOMI and access multiple
vehicle features via voice commands.

Personalized Entertainment
After you or authorized users log in, you or they can access rich personal resources smoothly
in your vehicle, such as music, navigation, and the radio station. You can also customize your
favorite content and store it in your personal account. The personalized content saved in your
account can be displayed the next time you login in to your account. You can switch different
accounts freely in your vehicle, and the customized content for different accounts will be
presented to you.

You can select your desired functions (such as media or navigation) on the main page of the
center display.

You can go to the Quick Access page by swiping right on the main page of the center display
to access frequently used functions quickly and customize quick access functions.

There are buttons on the center console for easy access to the functions on the center display:
1. Main page button

Press this button on any interface that appears on the center display to return to the
main page. You can also return to the main page by pinching your four or five fingers
together on any interface that appears on the center display.

2. Volume control button

Press the volume button to mute the sound (NOMI will be muted at the same time).
Turn the volume button to control the volume of the center display.

3. Application button

Press to enter the application center and view all applications, including Media, Phone,
Navigation, Settings, etc.

4. Quick Access button

Press to enter the Quick Access interface. You can set the drive mode of your vehicle
on this interface.

Media
You can go to the Media interface from the main page of the center display to select the
program for listening to music:

• Select "Tidal" to discover and listen to your favorite music. You can also use it to
build a library of your preferred songs or albums.
• Select "Radio" to listen to and collect your favorite radio programs.
• Insert a USB flash disk into the USB port in your vehicle to play the music in the USB
flash disk.
• After a mobile device is connected to your vehicle's Bluetooth, you can select
"Bluetooth Music" to play the music in the mobile device.

You can go to the Settings page on the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Sound to set the volume for media music. Select "Sound Field" to set
the sound field effect in the passenger compartment. If necessary (for example, when a child
is sleeping in the rear row), the rear mute function can be turned on.

Navigation
You can select your navigation route on the navigation interface from the main page of the

center display. Tap to set navigation options, such as route preference, navigation voice
broadcast, and map display mode.

Weather
You can tap the Weather interface from the main page of the center display or the application
center to view the weather of your current city during the next week, or you can view the
weather of your destination when you select the navigation destination.

NOMI
NOMI, NIO's in-car AI assistant, is located on the upper instrument panel. You and other
occupants can directly communicate with NOMI and control certain features through voice
commands. NOMI is an intimate companion for your journey.

When you enter the vehicle (with the driver's door closed or the brake pedal pressed once),
NOMI will greet you warmly. To control certain features via NOMI, say the wake word
(which is "Hey, NOMI" by default) or press the voice command button on the right side of the
steering wheel to wake NOMI. After NOMI responds to your call (e.g. by saying "I’m here"),
you can give a command. When a conversation ends or a task is completed, NOMI
automatically switches to Standby Mode. You can wake NOMI anytime you want.

To customize a wake word, enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and
touch NOMI > Set Wake Word. It will then be saved to your account and updated
automatically the next time you are seated. You need to add “Hey” before a wake word with
two Chinese characters; if the customized wake word consists of three to six Chinese
characters, you can wake NOMI up by simply saying the word.
You can turn on the continued conversation for NOMI by entering Settings from the bottom
left of the center display, and tapping NOMI > Continued Conversation. With its on, when
NOMI is waked up by an occupant, the conversation can be continued in 20 seconds without
using the wake word. If another occupant wants to communicate with NOMI, the occupant
can reactivate NOMI. Tap Immersive Voice Conversation to hide the transcription of your
and NOMI’s speech. Tell NOMI how we're doing by saying “I want to give my
feedback”.NOMI will record your feedback for up to 30 seconds and send it to our product
expert team, together with necessary information, including your vehicle ID, account ID and
time stamp. The recording will be sent after the countdown.

Feature (more easter


Category Recommended commands
eggs coming soon)
Wake NOMI up Hey, NOMI.
Introduce NOMI What are you capable of?
I have a suggestion.
Offer a suggestion
I have some feedback for you.
Dismiss NOMI Cancel/exit/goodbye.
Do Not Disturb on.
Basic features
Do Not Disturb Mode
Don't disturb me.
(When turned on,
NOMI will not speak
Do Not Disturb off.
spontaneously but will
still respond to your
Don't oversleep.
requests)
Wake up.
Set music/media volume to maximum.

Adjust volume Set volume to 60%/minimum/50%.

Mute.
Play a song for me.

Play ×××.
Media
Next track.

Play music Loop single song/Repeat playlist/Shuffle play.

Add this song to Favorites.

I don't want to listen to XX's songs.

Play a song from USB.


Make a call Call XXX.
Phone
Answer a call Answer/decline.
Entertainment Tell a joke. Tell me a joke.
Take a photo.
Selfie
Take another photo.
I need navigation.

I need to charge.
Navigate to a place
I’m hungry.

I want to eat hot pot.


Number one.

Plan route Take me to the nearest.

Reroute.
Edit home address.
Save address or add to
Navigation
Favorites
Save current location.
Zoom in on map.

Change map settings Switch to 2D map.

Heading up.
How much longer to work?

How's the traffic?


View or end
navigation
End navigation.

Stop navigation.
Set (driver’s side/passenger side/rear) temperature to
Adjust temperature
26 degrees Celsius.
Lower driver’s side fan speed a bit.
Adjust fan speed
Set fan speed to highest.
Turn (rear) climate control on.
Turn climate control
on/off
Turn AUTO Mode on.
Climate Air on face, air on feet, air on windshield, air on feet
controls and windshield, air on face and feet.
Adjust air distribution
and air circulation (Turn on/off) front/rear defrosting.

Turn Recirculation Mode on.


Turn on air purification.
Air purification
What’s the PM2.5 level inside?
Silence the air purifier.
Open/close (driver’s, passenger, left rear, right rear,
all) window(s).

Windows fully open.


Window Controls
Open the window by 20%.

Windows Open rear windows a crack.


Open the sunroof.

Close the sunshade.


Control sunroof and
sunshade
Open the sunroof halfway.

Open the sunroof to 50%.


Turn on (driver’s/passenger) seat ventilation.
Seat ventilation
Turn down seat ventilation a bit.
Turn on (driver’s/passenger/rear left/rear right) seat
heating.
Seat heating
Seats
Turn up the seat heating a bit.
Turn on (driver’s/passenger) seat massage.

Seat massage Increase the intensity a little.

Set seat massage to level 3.


Steering wheel Steering wheel heating Turn on steering wheel heating.
Turn on ambient lighting.
Lights Ambient lighting
Change the ambient light color.
Dim the center display a bit.
Adjust screen
brightness
Raise the brightness to the maximum.
Bluetooth/Wi-
Controls on Turn on/off (Bluetooth/Wi-Fi/Hotspot).
Fi/Hotspot
center display
Return to desktop.
Applications
Go to
Media/Phone/Navigation/Music/Weather/Settings.
Warning

• Do not allow NOMI and its base to come into contact with liquids, acidic or alkaline
solutions, dust, fibers, magnetic substances, etc.
• Do not disassemble or repair NOMI and its base by yourself.
• Do not use external force to push, pull, or twist NOMI. Avoid using external force to
hinder the movement of NOMI.
• Do not attempt to remove NOMI and its base by yourself.
• Do not install a hard helmet or cap on NOMI to avoid damaging it, thereby avoiding
personal injury in the event of an accident.

Comfort Features
When the vehicle is in PARK (without being locked from the outside) and the driver’s seat is
unoccupied, occupants can still enter the vehicle and access certain comfort features. The
feature will automatically turn off after ten hours without any operations. To continue using a
comfort feature, open any door, press the brake pedal, or sit in the driver's seat with the
driver's door closed.

Comfort features mainly include:

• Driver’s/passenger seat adjustments


• Steering wheel adjustments
• Wireless charging
• Climate controls
• Seat massage, heating and ventilation
• Steering wheel heating
• Window, sunroof and sunshade controls
• Reading lights and ambient lighting
• Entertainment and navigation
• NOMI

Intelligent Fragrance System


An independent fragrance system is provided for you and your family. You can select the
desired scent to enjoy a refreshing and pleasant experience while driving.

A variety of fragrances are offered, including Solar, Stellar, Wild and Haven. You can insert
three fragrance cartridges with different scents into the fragrance holder located under the
center console. You can replace the cartridges according to your preference.

To insert and replace the fragrance cartridges:

1. Remove the cover of the fragrance cartridge, insert the cartridge facing up in the
holder, and then press the bottom of the cartridge.

Caution

Do not rotate the fragrance cartridge when inserting it.


2. The cartridge will then be held in place by a magnet placed inside the holder.
3. When the fragrance cartridge is in place, the vehicle will notify you that the fragrance
system is available and indicate the exact scent of each cartridge on the center display.
4. To replace the fragrance cartridge, hold the bottom of the cartridge with your fingers
and pull it out slowly.

To turn the fragrance system on or off, control the intensity of a fragrance or select a different
scent, successfully insert the fragrance cartridge and swipe right on the home page to visit
Quick Access and choose Fragrance.

Warning

• Keep the fragrance cartridge out of the reach of children to prevent them from
swallowing it accidentally, as this may be detrimental to their health.
• Do not allow your child to insert their finger into the fragrance holder. Doing so may
result in injury.
• To ensure your safety, do not insert or replace the fragrance cartridge while driving.
• If you or any passenger feels discomfort, disable the fragrance system immediately.

Caution

• Please check the expiration date before inserting the fragrance cartridge. The fragrance
has a shelf life of one year if the bottle remains unopened; after the bottle is opened,
the fragrance can last three months. Stop using the fragrance and replace it after it
expires.
• Some fragrances (e.g. Wild) have a stimulating effect. Please use it only when needed.
• When replacing the fragrance cartridge, keep your hands clean to ensure the fragrance
system can function normally after it is replaced.
• A magnet is placed in each fragrance holder. Keep your smart phone, tablet and other
electronic devices away from the holder to avoid any interference between electronic
devices and the fragrance system.
• Chemical reactions may occur between the fragrance and organic substances. Keep the
ceramic fragrance stuck in the fragrance cartridge and away from all plastic parts.

Note
• The experience with the fragrance system may vary depending to the cabin
temperature, fan speed, and user’s physical condition.
• Only purchase genuine ceramic fragrance sticks and avoid damaging the fragrance
cartridge to ensure its quality.
• If the fragrance cartridge cannot be identified after it is inserted, please try again.

Tide
Tide is a physical and psychological health app that helps you sleep, meditate, relax, and stay
focused. Inspired by travels, nature and meditation, Tide provides a wealth of audio resources
such as sounds of nature and meditation exercises to help you escape from the fast-paced
world for a quiet space of peace, where you can meditate for a while to relax your mind and
sleep better with less anxiety and stress while staying focused and calm.

Tide offers three modes, namely Nap, Meditation, and Breathing.

Nap Mode
You and your family can fall asleep to the sounds of nature in the vehicle and wake up to a
soft alarm to embrace a beautiful world.

You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Nap page
where sound scenarios and alarm time for the nap can be set and memorized for the specific
account.

1. Nap by Time: You can set a nap countdown to wake you up at the set time. You can
also choose to continue or end the nap upon the alarm.
2. Nap by Charge: If the vehicle is in the DC charging process, you can set a battery
level within the charging limit to have a nap until the set level is reached.
3. More settings are provided, including volumes and timed playback of sleep aid
sounds, alarm clock sounds and volumes, and seat position restoration switch upon the
end of nap.
4. Set sleep aid sound scenarios.
After the vehicle enters the Nap Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with
windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the
temperature comfortable for a nap, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. If you
sit in a front seat, the seat will automatically move to the relax position (if set previously) or
the default position. NOMI will enter the Do Not Disturb Mode to create a relaxing
atmosphere for you. After the nap ends, the vehicle will restore the settings before the nap.

Caution

• Before entering the Nap Mode, make sure the vehicle is in PARK and not in the power
swap mode.
• Close all the doors and the liftgate before starting the Nap Mode to ensure safety.
• A fault with the climate control system may compromise the comfort during the nap.
• When the front seats are moving backward at the beginning of the nap, pay attention
to the space for occupants on rear seats. If the long track engages for the front
passenger seat, the front passenger seat will not automatically move after the nap
starts.
• If the vehicle is not being charged, make sure that its remaining range is not less than
60 km. The time alarm will be triggered automatically when the remaining range is
less than 30 km, and the charging alarm will be triggered automatically when the
charging connector is disconnected or the charging runs into a fault, to remind you to
check the battery level.
• The vehicle will automatically exit the Nap Mode under certain circumstances, for
example, when the vehicle is not in PARK, the battery has a risk of ignition, a
software update is in progress, the vehicle is in the power swap mode, the vehicle is
locked for sleep, the climate control is faulty, and the account is switched. In this case,
the seats cannot be automatically restored to the positions before the nap.

Meditation Mode
The Meditation Mode provides an immersive experience to give your brain break, so that you
can feel your inner self and your surroundings and reduce your physical and mental
exhaustion.

You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide >
Meditation page where sound scenarios and sound volumes for the meditation can be set and
memorized for the specific account.

After the vehicle enters the Meditation Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with
windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the
temperature comfortable for meditation, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on.
NOMI will enter the Do Not Disturb Mode to create an immersive and quiet atmosphere for
you. After the meditation ends, the vehicle will restore the settings before the meditation.

Caution

• Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
• Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
• If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle range
is not less than 30 kilometers.
• The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it
is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered
power swap mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.

Breathing Mode
The Breathing Mode helps you learn how to breathe properly, calm yourself down, and
relieve stress.

You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Breathing
page where breathing scenarios and background sound scenarios and volumes can be set and
memorized for the specific account.

Caution

• Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
• Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
• If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle range
is not less than 30 kilometers.
• The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it
is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered
power swap mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.

Child-Protection Locks
It is recommended that you engage the child-protection locks (including child lock and
window lock) whenever a child is seated in the rear row, so that rear doors and windows
cannot be opened from inside. Failure to do so may result in accidents if a rear window or
door is opened by the child by accident.

The child lock and window lock are set to off by default. Once enabled, they will remain
active until you turn them off manually. To turn them on, swipe right on the home page to
visit Quick Access and tap Child Lockand Window Lock.

Warning

• When the child-protection locks are on, the rear doors and rear windows cannot be
opened from inside. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Doing so may
result in injury or death.
• When enabling the child-protection locks on the center display, do not pull the rear
interior door handles. Doing so may cause the child-protection locks to malfunction
and result in injury or death.

Child Safety Seats


Children under the age of 12 or less than 1.5 meters in height must ride in a child safety seat
or a booster seat in order to be sufficiently protected. Children must not be carried in an
occupant’s arms or sit in their lap.
Only use a child safety seat that is suitable for a child and complies with the relevant laws and
regulations. Always check the label and instructions when choosing a child safety seat. When
installing and using a child safety seat, always follow the relevant laws and regulations, the
child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions, and this manual.

Important Instructions for Using a Child Safety Seat


Correct use of a child safety seat can significantly lower the risk of injury or reduce the
severity of injury in an accident. Please pay attention to the following tips when using a child
safety seat:

• Ensure that your child is riding in a child safety seat and wearing their seat belt
correctly.
• Never allow your child to ride unprotected in the car.
• Do not seat more than one child in a child safety seat.
• Never allow a child to be held in an occupant’s arms.
• Ensure that no hard or sharp objects are on the child safety seat. Failure to do so may
cause injury during an accident.
• When installing a rear-facing child safety seat in the rear seat, you may need to
appropriately adjust the corresponding front seat forward; when installing a front-
facing child safety seat in the rear seat, you may need to appropriately adjust the head
rest height.
• Never leave a child unattended, even if the child is secured in a child safety seat.
• Never allow a child to stand or kneel in their seat when driving. Otherwise, the child
could be thrown from the vehicle, which may cause injury or death to the child and
other occupants.
• Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions for correct use of the
seat belt for optimal protection.
• Always ensure that the child safety seat is correctly installed and secured even if a
child is not sitting in the child safety seat. Failure to do so may cause injury to other
occupants during a collision or emergency braking.
• When a child is seated in a child safety seat, to reduce the risk of injury, always ensure
that the child does not lean on the door, outboard side of the seat, or pillar, or position
their head or body below the roof cross beam where side airbags or curtain airbags
will deploy when an accident occurs.

Groups of Child Safety Seats


Only use the approved child safety seat suitable for your child. Children over 1.5 meters in
height can use the vehicle's seat belts. Child safety seats must comply with relevant
regulations and standards.

6 Seat Seating Position


0,
Weight groups 0, 0+, I, II, 0, 0+, I, II, 0, 0+, I, II, 0, 0+, I, II,
0+, I, 0, 0+, I, II, III
allowed III III III III
II, III
1 3 4 6 7 9
Passenger
Seat position Passenger
Airbag
number Airbag ON
OFF
Seating
position
suitable for
N/A Yes (*a) No Yes Yes Yes Yes
universal
belted (yes/
no)
i-Size seating
position (yes/ N/A No No Yes Yes No No
no)
Seating
position
suitable for N/A No No No No No No
lateral fixture
(L1/ L2)
Largest
suitable
rearward
N/A No No R1/R2/R3 R1/R2/R3 No No
facing fixture
(R1/ R2X/ R2/
R3)
Largest
suitable
forward-facing N/A No No F2X/F2/F3 F2X/F2/F3 F2X/F2/F3 F2X/F2/F3
fixture (F1/
F2X /F2/ F3)
Largest
suitable
N/A No No B2/B3 B2/B3 B2/B3 B2/B3
booster fixture
(B2/B3)
Suitable for
N/A Yes No Yes Yes No No
support leg
Notes:

N/A: Not applicable

(a)Adjust the front passenger seat as high up as possible when install universal CRS on it.
7 Seat Seating Position
0, 0,
Weight
0+, 0, 0+, I, II, 0+, 0, 0+, I, II, 0, 0+, I, II, 0, 0+, I, II,
groups 0, 0+, I, II, III
I, II, III I, II, III III III
allowed
III III
1 3 4 5 6 7 9
Seat Passenger Passenger
position Airbag Airbag
number OFF ON
Seating
position
suitable for Yes
N/A Yes (*a) No Yes Yes Yes (*b) Yes (*b)
universal (*b)
belted (yes/
no)
i-Size
seating
N/A No No Yes No Yes No No
position
(yes/ no)
Seating
position
suitable for
N/A No No No No No No No
lateral
fixture (L1/
L2)
Largest
suitable
rearward
facing N/A No No R1/R2/R3 No R1/R2/R3 No No
fixture (R1/
R2X/ R2/
R3)
Largest
suitable
forward-
facing N/A No No F2X/F2/F3 No F2X/F2/F3 F2X/F2/F3 F2X/F2/F3
fixture (F1/
F2X /F2/
F3)
Largest
suitable
booster N/A No No B2/B3 No B2/B3 B2/B3 B2/B3
fixture
(B2/B3)
Suitable for
N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No No
support leg
Notes:

N/A: Not applicable

(a)Adjust the front passenger seat as high up as possible when install universal CRS on it.

(b)It is forbidden to install a child seat with a support base or with a support leg on the
middle seat of the 2 nd row and on the 3 rd row.
Seat Number Position in the vehicle
1 Front left
2 Front centre
3 Front right
4 2 nd row left
5 2nd centre
6 2 nd row right
7 3 rd row left
8 3rd centre
9 3 rd row right
Group Manufacturer Model Attachment
0 & 0+
iZi Combi X4 ISOFIX mounted with support leg,
BeSafe
ISOFIX rearward facing.
Up to 13 kg
I
iZi Combi X4 ISOFIX mounted with support leg,
BeSafe
ISOFIX rearward facing.
9-18 kg
II
Britax Römer KidFix II S ISOFIX with seatbelt, forward facing
15-25 kg
III
Britax Römer KidFix II S ISOFIX with seatbelt , forward facing
22-36 kg
NIO recommend to put your kids in corresponding CRS on the 2 nd row outer seating
position, and CRS should be mounted to vehicle with ISOFIX, support leg or seatbelt. In
order to have the best protection for your younger kids, kids weight under 18kg please use
recommended rearward facing CRS.
For group II child (weight from 15-25kg), NIO recommend to use KidFix II S with
Secureguard.Please look at Britax Romer KidFix II S owner’s manual for details how to use
Secureguard.
For group III child(weight from 22-36kg), NIO recommend to use KidFix II S booster.

Choosing and Installing a Child Safety Seat


Warning

NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in
front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Warning

Never seat a child or place a rear-facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat when the
front passenger airbag is enabled. Doing so can cause severe injury or death when the airbag
inflates in the event of an accident.
Refer to the following front airbag label fitted to the front passenger sun visor.

If you want to use a child safety seat in the front passenger seat, always ensure that the front
passenger airbag is off. Enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the
bottom of the center display and tap Driving > Front Passenger Airbag to turn it off. In this

case, the icon appears at the top of the center display, notifying you that the front
passenger airbag is disabled.

Secure your child with a child safety seat or seat belt that is appropriate for the age, weight
and height of the child on the rear outboard seats:

• Infants weighing up to 13 kg can be seated in a reclining rear-facing child safety seat


secured on the rear seats.

• Toddlers weighing between 9 kg and 18 kg can be seated in a forward-facing or rear-


facing child safety seat that is restrained by a safety cushion or integrated five-point
harness and secured on the rear seats.
• Young children weighing between 15 kg and 25 kg can be seated in a forward-facing
child safety seat that is restrained by a seat belt and secured on the rear seats.

• Children weighing between 22 kg and 36 kg and who are less than 1.5 meters tall can
be seated in a booster seat that is restrained by a seat belt and secured on the rear seats.

Warning

The upper belt must lay flat across the shoulder and chest, and never lay across the neck; the
lower belt must lay flat across the pelvis, and never lay across the abdomen.
Installing a Child Safety Seat
Before installing a child safety seat, read the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions
carefully and ensure that the seat can be installed in your vehicle. You can choose a child
safety seat which is fastened with a seat belt or uses the ISOFIX system. The ISOFIX system
is recommended.

• Installing a seat belt-restrained child seat

To install a child safety seat on a rear seat, route the seat belt over the child safety seat
and buckle it up. Ensure that the belt is not twisted. Pull the belt tightly and remove all
slack.

• Installing an ISOFIX child seat

Lower LATCH anchors are provided in the second row outboard seats and third row
seats. Child safety seats should be secured to the rear seats.

1. Slide the child safety seat onto the seat's anchor bars until you hear it click into
place.

2. Guide the upper tether strap on the child safety seat under the head restraint
and towards the rear, and then fasten the belt to the anchor point located on the
back of the rear seats.
3. Pull on the child safety seat to check if it fits snugly.

Warning

• The ISOFIX attachment points are designed solely for child safety seats with the
ISOFIX system. To avoid injury, never secure other objects to ISOFIX.
• Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions and this manual when
installing and removing a child safety seat. Improper usage can result in injury to your
child or other passengers.

Seat belts
Seat Belt Instructions
Seat belts are one of the most important ways to protect occupants in case of an accident.
Using seat belts together with airbags can reduce the risk of severe injury if a collision occurs.
All occupants, including the driver, should wear seat belts correctly.

Even at low speeds, the impact force acting on the occupants can still cause injury.Therefore,
it is very important to fasten seat belts before every trip, no matter how short or routine the
trip is. It is equally important for the rear seat occupants to wear seat belts correctly, as
unbelted rear occupants may be thrown forward, and endanger not only themselves, but also
the front occupants in a frontal collision.
Both front and second row outboard seats as well as third row seats feature seat belts with
pretensioners and force limiters (dual-stage for the front seats). The pretensioners rapidly
retract and latch seat belts the instant a severe collision occurs, thereby providing increased
protection to occupants. The force limiter can then prevent the seat belt from exerting too
much force on the occupant and minimize belt-inflicted injury.

Warning

• Seat belts should be worn correctly by all occupants at all times. Failure to do so may
result in severe injury or death.
• Do not unbuckle the seat belt when driving. Doing so can increase the risk of severe
injury if a collision occurs.
• Avoid contaminating the seat belt or obstructing the belt latch. Doing so can impair
the functionality of the seat belt.
• Check the condition of your seat belt carefully before use to ensure that no
components show any sign of wear, aging, or damage. If any damage is found, do not
continue to use the seat belt and replace it immediately.
• Do not attempt to repair a damaged seat belt yourself. Do not remove or install seat
belts in any way.
• Never secure more than one person with a single seat belt. It is dangerous to put a seat
belt around a child being carried on an occupant’s lap. Doing so can cause further
injury to the child if a collision occurs.
• Seat belts that have been worn during an accident, or which have been stretched must
be replaced immediately, even if there is no visible damage.
• Seat belt pretensioners that have been activated during an accident must be replaced
immediately. Even if they are not activated in certain accidents, it is suggested to
contact NIO for inspection or even replacement if necessary.
• Do not drive with the backrest reclined to an extreme degree. Doing so can impair the
protective function of the seat belt.
• The seat belt should never lie on hard or fragile objects (such as glasses or pens,etc.)
because this can cause injuries.
• Never wear the seat belt under the arm or in any other incorrect position.
• Bulky and unfastened clothing (such as an overcoat over a sweater) impairs the proper
fit and function of the seat belts, reducing their capacity to protect.
• Do not allow the seat belt to be damaged or jammed, or to rub on any sharp edges.
• Frayed or torn seat belts or damage to the connections, belt retractors or parts of the
buckle could cause severe injuries in the event of an accident. Therefore, you must
check the condition of all seat belts at regular intervals.
• The belts must be kept clean, otherwise the retractors may not work properly.
• Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicles in motion can cause severe or fatal
injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
• The seat belt itself, or a loose seat belt,can cause severe injuries if the belt moves from
hard areas of the body to soft areas(e.g. the stomach).

Seat Belt Warning Light


All seats are equipped with seat belts. When the driver is seated (with doors closed or brake

pedal pressed) or is driving, the seat belt warning light on the digital instrument cluster
turns on when anyone in the front is unbuckled. If the , or at a speed over 22 km/h and the seat
belts are still not fastened, the warning light flashes and a chime sounds. After seat belts are
fastened, the warning light turns off and the chime stops. If the belts remain unfastened, the
chime stops after 100 seconds, but the warning light stays on.

When the driver's seat is occupied (with doors closed or the brake pedal pressed), the seat belt

warning light on the digital instrument cluster turns on when a passenger in the rear
is not buckled up. The seats with belts fastened are shown in gray. When rear seat belts are
not fastened:

• If the vehicle is in motion, the warning light automatically turns off after 33 seconds.
• If the vehicle is driving over 22 km/h, the warning light flashes and a chime sounds.
The warning light turns off after all occupants are buckled up.
• If passengers in the rear seats remain unbuckled, the warning light automatically turns
off after 33 seconds.

Warning

If the seat belt reminder malfunctions, do not use the seat and contact NIO immediately for
inspection.

Wearing Seat Belts

Use the seat belts correctly as follows:

1. Pull the seat belt by the belt buckle evenly across your body, ensuring the shoulder
strap is placed over the shoulder while the lap strap of the belt is positioned across the
pelvis. Never place the seat belt across the neck or abdomen. Insert the belt buckle into
the belt latch until you hear a click indicating it is locked in place.
2. Press the button and slide the belt up or down to adjust the seat belt height. Release the
button when the belt is at an appropriate height. To check if the belt is securely locked
in place, pull firmly on the shoulder strap of the belt.

To release the seat belt, press the red button on the belt latch to pop out the belt buckle. Guide
the belt back by hand so that it can roll up more easily.

Warning
• Ensure that the backrest and head restraint are positioned correctly before wearing a
seat belt, so that the seat belt can protect the occupant to the fullest extent possible.
• A seat belt that is either too loose or too tight can cause injury if a collision occurs.
• For a pregnant occupant, the seat belt must rest evenly across the chest and as low and
flat as possible across the hips. Failure to do so can cause severe injury to both the
unborn fetus and the mother if the seat belt tightens in the event of an accident.

Airbags
Airbag Instructions
As a restraint system, the airbags are a supplement to seat belts. Airbags can quickly inflate in
the event of a severe accident to protect the head and chest of the occupant and reduce injury
severity. However, they cannot prevent injuries to limbs and body surface. Occupants enjoy
maximum protection only when both airbags and seat belts are used appropriately.

Your vehicle is equipped with collision sensors. When a front or side collision that satisfies
the conditions of deploying the airbag system occurs, the corresponding airbags will deploy.
The gas generator inside the airbag will be enabled to release gas at a certain pressure to open
the airbag cover and fill the entire airbag, forming a protective buffer layer to protect
occupants and reduce the risk of injury or death.

The airbag system includes front airbags and side airbags. Front airbags include front head
airbags that are located in the steering wheel and on the headliner on the passenger side. Side
airbags include front side airbags (located on the outside of the front seats) and curtain airbags
(located on the headliner on both sides from the A pillar to the C pillar). The locations of the
airbags are labeled “AIRBAG”.
1. Driver's airbag
2. Front passenger airbag
3. Front side airbags
4. Curtain airbags

Warning

• Airbags are a supplementary restraint system and cannot replace seat belts. The airbag
can only maximize your safety when used in conjunction with the seat belt. Thus, all
occupants should always correctly wear their seat belt and sit in the correct position.
• The driver should sit at least 25 cm away from the steering wheel, since the airbag
may injure the driver when deployed with great force.
• Children must not sit in the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is
enabled. In the case of an accident, the impact of the airbag when deployed may cause
severe injury to children.
• Do not place any objects on the front passenger seat. These objects will enter the
deployment area and be ejected if the airbag deploys in the event of emergency
braking, which may injure occupants.
• The airbag system can only provide protection once. If the airbag has been deployed,
you must have it replaced; during certain accidents, the airbag may not deploy.
However, to ensure that the airbag system works properly, please contact NIO
immediately for inspection or replacement if necessary.
• If any damage or fractures are found on the airbag cover, do not use the vehicle and
contact NIO immediately.
• If the airbag system has never been deployed for a period of ten years from its
production date, please visit NIO to have it replaced. A record of the airbag system’s
replacement needs to be kept and given to the new owner when the vehicle’s
ownership is transferred.
• Installing or removing airbag system components, including airbag labels, is
prohibited.
• Smoke and fine powder may be produced when the airbag deploys. Even if the fine
powder is nontoxic, it may still make occupants feel uncomfortable.
• When using seat covers, avoid the area around the side airbags for the front seats.
Doing so may impair the protective function of the side airbags.
• Do not place any objects in the deployment area of the curtain airbags (including
pillars, headliner or handles). Occupants should not lean against the doors. Doing so
may result in injury if a curtain airbag deploys.
• Do not place any hard objects (including clothes hangers, fruits, or glass bottles) on
the garment hooks in the vehicle. Doing so may result in injury if a curtain airbag
deploys.
• Never place your feet, knees or other body parts on or near the airbag covers. Do not
place or hang any objects on or near the airbag covers. Doing so may impair the
functionality of the airbags and may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
• Never install any electronic devices (such as ETC) on the front windshield on the
passenger side. Doing so may result in injury if the front passenger airbag deploys.
• Never place, hang or install any objects on or near the instrument panel on the
passenger side. Doing so may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
• Never modify the headliner of the vehicle. Doing so may impair the functionality of
the curtain airbags, and result in injury if they deploy.
• Never place or hang any heavy or sharp-edged objects on the front passenger sun
visor. Doing so may result in injury if the front passenger airbag deploys.
• The smoke and dust generated during the rapid airbag deployment may cause skin or
eye irritation/scalds/burns, and the airbag fibers may cause skin scratches or burns.

Conditions for Deploying Airbags

Airbags will inflate in the following cases:

1. The vehicle hits a wall or another vehicle at a high speed.


2. The vehicle hits a hard curb.
3. The vehicle falls into a deep ditch.
4. The vehicle is impacted by another vehicle at high speed from the side.
5. The vehicle goes upward and then hits the road hard.

In the following cases, airbags may not deploy and the occupants should be protected by
wearing the seat belts correctly:
1. The vehicle hits a tree, pole, or other tall and thin object.
2. The vehicle is hit by another vehicle in the rear.
3. The vehicle rolls over.
4. The vehicle collides with or slides under a truck.
5. The front corner of the vehicle collides with another vehicle.
6. The front corner of the vehicle collides with a wall.
7. The vehicle travels sideways into a pole.
8. The front side of the vehicle is hit by another vehicle at a certain angle.
9. The side of the vehicle body is hit by another vehicle at a certain angle.
10. The vehicle is hit by another vehicle on the side.

Airbag Warning Indicator

An airbag warning indicator on the digital instrument cluster displays the status of
airbags. If the indicator is on after the digital instrument cluster turns on, do not use the
vehicle and contact NIO immediately.

Disabling Front Airbags


Because the front airbags rapidly inflate and unfold with great force, the distance between
front airbags and front occupants should be at least 25 centimeters. If a child or an occupant
with special medical needs is seated in the front passenger seat, enter the settings page from
the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving >

Front Passenger Airbag to turn it off. Then, the icon will pop up on the top of the
center display to remind you that the front passenger airbag has been disabled. This can
reduce the risk of severe injury to vulnerable groups.

Actions to Take After Airbags Are Deployed


When a collision occurs and airbags deploy, the vehicle automatically takes the following
actions to ensure occupant safety:

• Unlocking doors to ensure that occupants or rescue personnel can open the doors.
• Turning on hazard warning lights to indicate the vehicle’s location and alert vehicles
approaching from the rear.
• Cutting off the high voltage system to ensure occupant safety.
• Opening windows to prevent occupants from being trapped in the vehicle if it is
submerged in water.
• Turning off Driver Seat Memory to avoid the seat moving to a position that traps the
driver.
• Turning on reading lights, especially for the convenience of rescue at night.

Rear Storage
Rear Door Storage
The vehicle also provides convenient storage for the rear seats. Each door has a storage area
to put your beverages or objects. It is also equipped with a storage light to illuminate the
corresponding door in the dark or when the position lights are on.

Garment hooks can be used to hang clothing.

Warning

Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the
storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.

Second Row Center Armrest


When the second row middle seat is not in use, pull the center armrest stowed in the rear seat
back down to access the cup holders and storage area.

Warning

Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the
storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.

Second Row Seat Armrests


There is a USB 2.0 port and a storage area under the second row seat armrest for occupants to
store phones and other objects.

To stow the armrest, push it upward. To expose cup holders, press the button on the second
row seat armrest.
Warning

Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the
storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.

Third Row Armrests


Cup holders are located on the third row armrests.

Warning

Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the
storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.

Second Row Seats


There are three seats in the second row, which are split 40/60 and can fold flat.

Each second row seat can be adjusted and folded flat.


1. Seat position

Pull the handle located on the outside of the seat to move the seat forward or backward
to the desired position. Then release the handle and push the seat until you hear a click
to ensure that it locks into place.

2. Adjusting and folding backrests

Pull the handle up and fold the backrest completely flat.

Lift the backrest up until you hear a click to restore the backrest to the seating
position.

The backrests of second row seats are reclined 18 degrees by default.

To adjust the headrest, press the button below the headrest. The headrest can be adjusted
between two vertical positions. To remove the headrest, gently tilt the seat back, press the
button below the headrest, and pull out the headrest.

Please adjust the seat according to the occupant's height and seating position. When driving,
make sure that the backrest is upright and the highest point of the headrest is in the center of
the occupant's head so that the body and head are sufficiently supported, and the seat belt and
airbag may function correctly.
Warning

• When driving, your safety belt should be worn correctly. An improper seating position
may result in severe injury.
• Do not drive with the backrest reclined to an extreme degree. Doing so may impair the
protective function of the seat belt and air bags.
• Do not use the headrest when it is at its lowest position. To use it, pull the headrest
upwards and ensure it is locked into place.
• Adjusting a seat while driving may result in injury or death.
• Do not place any objects under the seat.

Third Row Seat Headrests


The backrest of the third row seats is reclined 12 degrees by default. To adjust the headrest,
press the button below the headrest. The headrest can be adjusted between two vertical
positions. To remove the headrest, gently tilt the seat back, press the button below the
headrest, and pull out the headrest.

Please make sure that the highest point of the headrest is at the center of the occupant's head
so that the body and head are sufficiently supported, and the seat belt and airbag may function
correctly.

Warning

• When driving, your safety belt should be worn correctly. An improper seating position
may result in severe injury.
• Do not use the headrest when it is at its lowest position. To use it, pull the headrest
upwards and ensure it is locked into place.
• Do not place any objects under the seat.

Rear Lighting
The touch switches controlling the rear reading lights are located on the rear doors. To turn a
reading light on or off, touch the corresponding switch.
Rear Climate Control
Rear Climate Control Panel
An independent climate control panel is available for the rear seats, allowing passengers to
adjust the rear temperature and fan speed.

1. Adjusting temperature

Turn the knob to adjust the rear temperature between 15 (LO) - 31 (HI) degrees
Celsius.

2. AUTO Mode

Press to turn on AUTO Mode. This automatically adjusts the temperature, fan speed,
and air distribution of the rear cabin according to the temperature you set.

Press a second time to turn off AUTO Mode and the air conditioning status will
remain unchanged.

3. Climate control display


This display shows the current temperature, fan speed, air distribution, and other
information for the rear seats.

4. Turning on and off rear climate control and adjusting the fan speed

Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to turn on or off the rear climate control.

You can also use the knob to adjust the rear fan speed.

5. Air distribution

Press the button to select the air distribution mode: Face , Feet , or Face and

Feet .

6. USB 2.0 ports

Adjusting Rear Air Vents


The rear air vents are located on the headliner and below the front seats.

1. Rear face-level vents


2. Rear foot-level vents

Move the switch up, down, left, or right to change the air flow direction.
Starting the Vehicle
Preparing to Drive
1. The driver must be seated
2. Close the driver's door or press the brake pedal

• Starting the Vehicle via NFC Key


• Pedestrian Warning System
• Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist

Starting the Vehicle via NFC Key


When seated, you can start the vehicle using the NFC card.

Place the NFC card on the wireless charging pad. Then, you can try to shift gears and start
your vehicle.

Parent topic: Starting the Vehicle

Pedestrian Warning System


When driving at a low speed (normally below 30 km/h), the vehicle emits a sound to alert
other road users such as pedestrians and other vehicles of your presence.

When this feature is enabled:

• When driving at a speed between 0 km/h and 20 km/h, the sound gets louder as your
speed increases.
• When driving at a speed between 20 km/h and 30 km/h, the sound gets weaker as
speed increases.
• When driving at a speed over 30 km/h, the vehicle stops emitting the sound.
• When driving at a speed below 25 km/h, the vehicle will emit the sound again.

Parent topic: Starting the Vehicle

Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist


When the vehicle starts from a standstill or travels at a low speed, if the driver quickly
depresses the accelerator pedal fully and there is a risk of collision with other vehicles or
pedestrians in the direction of travel, the system will limit the acceleration of the vehicle,
together with an alarm prompt, to reduce the risk of collision caused by improper
acceleration.

Activating/Deactivating Improper Acceleration Inhibition


Assist
Go to the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, and tap Driver Assistance > Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist to turn this
function on or off.

• In the case of obstacles ahead, the Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist function
works at a vehicle speed of about 0-30 km/h.
• When your vehicle is in the reverse gear, the Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist
function works at a vehicle speed of about 0-5 km/h.
• When Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist is triggered, the instrument cluster will
display a text warning, and the power output will be limited for a short time with no
braking applied to the vehicle. Do not rely excessively on this function.
• Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist cannot inhibit acceleration in all conditions.
This function is designed to reduce the severity of collisions, not to prevent collisions.
Currently, there are only a few scenarios covered at this stage. This function can only
reduce the occurrence of accidents in specific scenarios. Do not actively attempt to use
this function.

Operating conditions for Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist:

• Your vehicle speed is within a reasonable range


• The radar functions normally and provides clear vision
• The camera functions normally and provides clear vision

Caution

• This function cannot be turned off in guest mode, for service authorized users and in
preset accounts.
• This function is usually triggered in the underground garage and on non-high-speed
elevated urban expressways.

Warning

When Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist is turned off, no improper acceleration will be
limited or no alarm will be issued for your vehicle.

After this function is activated, if you continue to depress the accelerator pedal hard for a
short time, this function will be deactivated and your vehicle will accelerate normally.

Warning

As a driver assistance function, Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist cannot cope with all
traffic, weather and road conditions, and cannot detect vehicles, bikes or pedestrians in all
conditions. It may be ineffective, inappropriate or delayed due to several factors.

Always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road environment. Do not rely on Improper
Acceleration Inhibition Assist to avoid collisions or mitigate the impact of collisions.
Otherwise, injury or vehicle damage may occur as a result.

Do not intentionally drive towards vehicles, cyclists, or pedestrians to test the Improper
Acceleration Inhibition Assist function for safety reasons.

Please drive with caution. If you discover danger, do not wait for Improper Acceleration
Inhibition Assist to trigger before taking action.

You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and shall abide by the current
traffic laws and regulations.

Precautions and Restrictions


The following conditions may lead to a camera recognition disorder, which may prevent the
Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist from operating as expected, which include but are not
limited to:

• Changed installation position of camera


• Blocked or dirty camera
• Limited recognition at night
• Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
• Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
• Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
• When the camera is slanted by the sun or exposed to direct sunlight
• Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
• Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto
your vehicle
• Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield
in front of the camera
• Wet roads
• The camera is out of focus or faulty

Currently, Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist will only respond to targets that have met
certain conditions. The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not
limited to:

• Animals
• Traffic lights
• Walls
• Roadblocks (cone barrels, etc.)
• Other non-vehicle objects

The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder and affect the performance
of the Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist, which include but are not limited to:

• Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes,
labels, leaves, etc.
• The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
• Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
• Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement
walls, etc.

To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main
features of the pedestrian's body as clear and complete as possible, which means that the head,
shoulders, arms, legs, upper and lower body of the pedestrian can be recognized by
integrating them into standard human movements. The following conditions may cause
pedestrians to be unrecognized, which may prevent Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist
from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:

• Pedestrians are taller than 200cm or shorter than 100cm.


• Pedestrians wear large clothing (such as raincoats, Hanfu, etc.), causing the main
features (arms, legs, etc.) to be obscured and the outline to be unclear.
• The distance between pedestrians and the sensor is too close when pedestrians first
appear in the sensor's visual field.
• Pedestrians are carrying a large backpack or luggage.
• The contrast between the colors of the pedestrians' clothes and the background scene
is low.
• Pedestrians carry umbrellas, which cover the head, arms and other major features.
• Pedestrians bend or crouch.
• Pedestrians sit in a wheelchair.
• The distance between pedestrians is close.
• Pedestrians wear reflective clothing.
• Pedestrians walk in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
• There are great changes in the speed of pedestrians crossing the road.

To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main
features of the cyclist's body as clear and complete as possible as well as the outline of the
bicycle. Cyclists referred to in this function are adults, and shall ride bicycles designed for
adults. The following conditions may cause cyclists to be unrecognized, which may prevent
Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist from operating as expected, which include but are not
limited to:

• When features of the pedestrian or bicycle are obscured by clothing or other objects,
resulting in an indistinct outline.
• When larger baggage and goods are carried on the bicycle.
• When the bicycle is going fast.
• The contrast between the colors of the cyclists and the background scene is low.
• There are great changes in the speed of cyclists.
• The distance between cyclists and the sensor is too close when cyclists first appear in
the sensor's visual field.
• When riding in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
• Balanced bikes, children's scooters, some scooters and electric bicycles of special
forms, etc. are being used.

Warning
The following situations may cause the Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist system to not
intervene, which include but are not limited to:

• The vehicle is turning or about to turn


• The driver depresses the brake pedal deeply
• The driver depresses the accelerator pedal slowly
• The driver releases the accelerator pedal and depresses it again
• The accelerator pedal is depressed deeply for more than 5 seconds
• The target vehicle drives laterally
• On highways or elevated roads
• Starting from a standstill on a slope
• Complex road conditions

The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist system. There
are many factors that may interfere with the Improper Acceleration Inhibition Assist system.
In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the
traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.

Parent topic: Starting the Vehicle


Shifting Gears

When you press the brake pedal and shift the vehicle into DRIVE or REVERSE,
appears on the digital instrument cluster, indicating that the vehicle is ready to hit the road.
After you shift into a gear successfully, the digital instrument cluster then displays the current
gear. Otherwise, it will remind you to confirm the current gear.

Use the gear selector on the center console to shift gear into:

• DRIVE (D): normal drive mode


• REVERSE (R): you can only shift to R when the vehicle is stopped
• PARK (P): the vehicle is secured in place

To enable/disable the sound, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at
the bottom of the center display and tap Sounds > Gear Shifting Sound.

Caution

Always confirm the gear on the digital instrument cluster after shifting gears. If there are any
inconsistencies with the gear displayed, double confirm or shift gears again.

Caution

You can only shift into PARK when the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is pressed.

Warning

Before leaving the vehicle or stopping it on a slope, ensure that the gear is shifted into PARK.
If you have not confirmed the gear on the digital instrument cluster, the vehicle may roll
away.

Multiple Drive Modes


Different drive modes can bring different driving characteristics to your vehicle. They can
optimize your driving experience and make your driving more convenient in special
circumstances.

For your vehicle, there are four routine modes: "Comfort", "Eco", "Sport" and "Custom", as
well as multi-terrain modes such as "Snow".

In Eco mode, the system will prioritize saving energy for your vehicle. Compared with other
drive modes, the comfortableness of the A/C is slightly poor. If necessary, you can set a
higher or lower temperature than what is set in other modes manually.

When you use your vehicle for the first time, the initial setting for drive mode is "Comfort".
Once your drive mode setting is changed, the newly selected drive mode will be automatically
applied the next time your vehicle is used.

Entering Multiple Drive Mode Settings


You can enter the settings through the drive mode Quick Access on the center control panel.

Go to the Settings page on the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, and tap Driving > Drive mode to enter the settings.

Custom Drive Mode


The following settings can be selected for the Custom Drive Mode.

• Regenerative Braking
• Suspension Height
• Suspension stiffness
• Steering mode
• A/C function

In Snow mode, you can prevent your vehicle from skidding on slippery roads such as ice-
covered roads.

• Ride Height

Ride Height
The suspension height can vary in different drive modes.

• Comfort Mode – The ride height is automatically adjusted.


• Eco Mode – The ride height is automatically adjusted.
• Sport Mode – The ride height is set to Low.
• Customized Mode – The ride height is automatically adjusted.

With automatic ride height, your vehicle changes the ride height according to the driving
speed.
Caution

In Comfort Mode, your comfort may be compromised if you manually select a relatively low
ride height.

Parent topic: Multiple Drive Modes

Front Cross Traffic Alert


Front Cross Traffic Alert detects traffic passing in front of your vehicle with millimeter-wave
radars in the front.

When the vehicle is approaching cross traffic in intersections at a low speed, if any risks of
collision with cross traffic in the front are detected, Front Cross Traffic Alert emits visual and
audible warnings.

Warning

Cross Traffic Alert is only a supplement to, and not a substitute for, your visual observation.

As a driving assist feature, Cross Traffic Alert cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.

You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times and decide whether to
use Cross Traffic Alert when it is safe.

It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
comply with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Enabling/Disabling Front Cross Traffic Alert


To enable/disable this feature, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display and tap ADAS > Front Cross Traffic Alert.
When the operating conditions are fulfilled and a potential collision with front cross traffic is
detected, Front Cross Traffic Alert warns you by sounding a chime and displaying an alert
message on the digital instrument cluster, 360° Surround View and Parking Assist interfaces.

Operating conditions for Front Cross Traffic Alert:

• Your vehicle speed is between 0 km/h and 12 km/h.


• The speed of the cross traffic passing in front of you is between about 3 km/h and 70
km/h.
• The forward-side millimeter-wave radars function correctly and have a clear view.
• The driver is seated.
• The brake pedal is not pressed.
• The vehicle is in DRIVE.

Caution

Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Cautions and Limitations


Some targets may not be recognized or responded to, including but not limited to:

• Motorcycles
• Electric bicycles
• Tricycles

Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:

• Pedestrians
• Animals
• Bicycles
• Vehicles moving in the opposite/same direction
• Other non-vehicle objects

Front Cross Traffic Alert does not respond to targets that are in the blind spot of the sensors.
Millimeter waves cannot pass through obstacles.

Front Cross Traffic Alert may fail to detect front cross traffic in some situations, including but
not limited to:

• When the vehicle is parked very far into a parking space.


• When the vehicle is parked in a diagonal parking space.

Radars may fail to recognize obstacles and impair the performance of Front Cross Traffic
Alert in some situations, including but not limited to:

• Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape,
labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
• Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
• Rain, snow, fog, haze, and other extreme weather which may impair radar
performance.
• False warnings may be generated in rare cases by some metal protective fences, green
medians, or concrete walls due to the function of radar recognition.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert


Rear Cross Traffic Alert detects the traffic passing in the rear of your vehicle with millimeter-
wave radars in the rear.

When the vehicle is approaching cross traffic in intersections at a low speed, if any risks of
collision with cross traffic in the rear are detected, Rear Cross Traffic Alert emits visual and
audible warnings.
Warning

Cross Traffic Alert is only a supplement to, and not a substitute for, your visual observation.

As a driving assist feature, Cross Traffic Alert cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.

You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times and decide whether to
use Cross Traffic Alert when it is safe.

It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
comply with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Enabling/Disabling Rear Cross Traffic Alert


To enable/disable this feature, enter the settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display and tap ADAS > Rear Cross Traffic Alert.

When your vehicle speed is below about 12 km/h, operating conditions are fulfilled, and a
potential collision with rear traffic is detected, Rear Cross Traffic Alert warns you by
sounding a chime and displaying an alert message on the digital instrument cluster, the 360°
Surround View and Parking Assist interfaces.

Operating conditions for Rear Cross Traffic Alert:

• The speed of the cross traffic passing to the rear is between about 3 km/h and 70 km/h.
• The rear-side millimeter-wave radars function correctly and have a clear view.
• The driver is seated.
• All doors are closed.
• The vehicle is in REVERSE.

Caution
Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Cautions and Limitations


Some targets may not be recognized or responded to, including but not limited to:

• Motorcycles
• Electric bicycles
• Tricycles

Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:

• Pedestrians
• Animals
• Bicycles
• Vehicles moving in the opposite/same direction
• Other non-vehicle objects

Rear Cross Traffic Alert does not respond to targets that are in the blind spot of the sensors.
Millimeter waves cannot pass through obstacles.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert may fail to detect rear cross traffic in some situations, including but
not limited to:

• When the vehicle is parked very far into a parking space.

• When the vehicle is parked in a diagonal parking space.


Radars may fail to recognize obstacles and impair the performance of Rear Cross Traffic
Alert in some situations, including but not limited to:

• Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape,
labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
• Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
• Rain, snow, fog, haze, and other extreme weather which may impair radar
performance.
• False warnings may be generated in rare cases by some metal protective fences, green
medians, or concrete walls due to the function of radar recognition.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)


Hill Start Assist helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backward when you start the vehicle
on an incline.

When you release the brake pedal, the system continues to apply the brakes for up to two
seconds. The temporary braking will be released after two seconds or when you begin to
speed up.

Autohold
When the vehicle has stopped temporarily, Autohold can continue to apply the brakes when
you release the brake pedal to keep the vehicle stationary.

When braking the vehicle to a complete stop, you can activate Autohold with another full

press on the brake pedal, and the icon will appear on the digital instrument cluster.
When the feature is activated, press the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal to exit Autohold.

In case of emergency, slamming the brake pedal will activate Autohold.

You can also activate the feature when braking the vehicle to stop on inclines. In this case, the
brake system can provide a brake force sufficient to keep the vehicle stationary.

Caution
The grade of the slope shall not exceed 20%.

Forward Collision Warning


Forward Collision Warning provides visual and audible warnings in situations where your
distance to another vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian in front of you is shorter than
the set warning distance.

• For detection of vehicles moving in the same direction, Forward Collision Warning
operates only when you are driving between about 8 km/h and 180 km/h.
• For detection of pedestrians or cyclists, Forward Collision Warning operates only
when you are driving between about 8 km/h and 85 km/h.

Warning

Forward Collision Warning is only a supplement to, and not a substitute for, your attention
and judgment. As a driving assist feature, Forward Collision Warning cannot handle all
situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions, and cannot detect vehicles, cyclists or
pedestrians in all situations. Several factors can cause an invalid, inappropriate or untimely
warning.

You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times and never depend on
Forward Collision Warning to warn you of a potential collision. Failure to do so can cause
personal injury or vehicle damage. For safety reasons, never test the use of Forward Collision
Warning when facing the direction of other vehicles, cyclists or pedestrians. If you come
across a dangerous situation, never wait for Forward Collision Warning to intervene before
you take action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying
with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch ADAS > Forward
Collision Warning to enable or disable the feature.

To adjust warning time, enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch
ADAS > Timing.

Warning

When Forward Collision Warning is disabled, your vehicle will not warn you of a possible
collision. It is not suggested to turn it off.

This feature will be turned on when the vehicle's system restarts.

Cautions and Limitations


Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to camera detection failures
in some situations, including but not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environment, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered by sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered by direct sunlight or other light sources.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.
• The camera cannot focus or malfunctions.

Only qualified vehicles moving in the same direction as your vehicle will trigger Forward
Collision Warning. Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:

• Vehicles crossing perpendicular to your vehicle


• Animals
• Traffic lights
• Walls
• Barriers (traffic cones, etc.)
• Other non-vehicle objects

Caution

When the vehicle turns left at a speed of about 10-30 km/h and a risk of collision with an
oncoming vehicle is detected within the detection range, Forward Collision Warning will be
triggered.

In other scenarios, oncoming vehicles will not trigger Forward Collision Warning.

Caution

• This feature cannot ensure that all special-shaped vehicles can be identified in all
conditions. You need to pay extra attention, especially at night. Special-shaped
vehicles may include tricycles, vehicles with a damaged taillight, unclear rear contour,
or obstructed rear body, irregular-shaped vehicles, vehicles with a rear body lower
than a certain height, or unloaded transporters for carrying vehicles.
• This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when
the driver needs to pay extra attention.

For optimal performance, pedestrian detection requires clear and complete body contour
information. This entails being able to detect the pedestrian's head, arms, shoulders, legs, and
upper and lower body in combination with normal human movement patterns. Forward
Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to failures to identify pedestrians in
some situations, including but not limited to:

• Pedestrians are lower than 100 centimeters or higher than 200 centimeters.
• Pedestrians in clothing (such as raincoats and gowns) that hides their body contours
(such as arms and legs).
• Pedestrians who are too close to your vehicle when first caught in the sensor’s field of
view.
• Pedestrians carrying large baggage or backpacks.
• Pedestrians in poor contrast with the background color.
• Pedestrians with an umbrella that hides their body contour (such as arms and legs).
• Pedestrians who are stooping or squatting.
• Pedestrians in wheelchairs.
• Pedestrians in close proximity to others.
• Pedestrians in reflective clothing.
• Pedestrians in dark conditions, such as at night or in a tunnel.
• Pedestrians who are crossing the road at a significantly changing speed.

For optimal performance, cyclist detection needs clear and complete bicycle and body contour
information. Only adult cyclists riding on adult bicycles can be detected. Forward Collision
Warning may fail to function as intended due to failures to identify cyclists in some situations,
including but not limited to:

• Obstructed bicycles or cyclists in clothing that hides their contours.


• Bicycles loaded with large objects.
• Bicycles traveling at high speed.
• Cyclists and bicycles in poor contrast with the background color.
• Cyclists who are crossing the road at a significantly changing speed.
• Cyclists who are too close to your vehicle when first caught in the sensor’s field of
view.
• Cyclists in dark conditions, such as at night or in a tunnel.
• Cyclists riding self-balancing scooters, standing scooters, certain types of seated
scooters, and special-shaped electric bicycles.

Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended if the target is not right in front in
some situations, including but not limited to:

• Automatic Emergency Brake does not respond to targets that are in the blind spot of
the sensors, including the blind spots at the corner, on the side, or at the rear of the
vehicle.
• When the vehicle is approaching or navigating a curve, the target may be incorrectly
selected or missed.
• The target may be lost or the distance to the target may be misjudged when the vehicle
is on a slope.
• When only a part of the vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of you (especially
large vehicles such as buses and trucks), the target may not be identified in time.
• When your vehicle suddenly swerves to the back of a vehicle in front of you or when
other vehicles abruptly cut into or out of the lane in front of your vehicle, the target
may not be identified in time.

Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to special or complicated
road conditions, including but not limited to:

• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bicycles, or animals.
• Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and
congested roads.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.

Warning

Forward Collision Warning may not provide a warning in certain situations, including but not
limited to:

• The driver is already applying the brakes.


• The driver fully or suddenly presses the accelerator pedal.
• The driver turns the steering wheel sharply.

• Automatic Emergency Brake

Automatic Emergency Brake


When a frontal collision with a vehicle, cyclist, or pedestrian is considered unavoidable, the
system applies the brakes to reduce your speed and minimize the impact of the collision.
• For detection of vehicles moving in the same direction, Automatic Emergency Brake
operates only when you are driving between about 8 km/h and 130km/h.
• For detection of pedestrians or cyclists, Automatic Emergency Brake operates only
when you are driving between about 8 km/h and 85 km/h.

When Automatic Emergency Brake has been triggered, the vehicle speed is reduced by up to
60 km/h to mitigate the impact of a possible collision. For example, if Automatic Emergency
Brake is triggered at a speed of 90 km/h, the brakes are released after the vehicle speed has
been reduced to 30 km/h.

When Automatic Emergency Brake is triggered, the instrument cluster displays a warning
message, the brake pedal moves downward abruptly, and the brake lights turn on.

Warning

As a driving assist feature, Automatic Emergency Braking cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions and cannot detect vehicles, cyclists or pedestrians in all
situations. Several factors can cause an invalid, inappropriate or untimely warning.

You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times and never depend on
Automatic Emergency Braking to avoid collisions or reduce the impact of a collision. Failure
to do so can cause personal injury or vehicle damage. For safety reasons, never test the use of
Automatic Emergency Braking when facing the direction of other vehicles, cyclists or
pedestrians. If you come across a dangerous situation, never wait for Automatic Emergency
Braking to intervene before taking action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for
driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch ADAS >Automatic
Emergency Brake to enable or disable the feature.

Warning

When Automatic Emergency Braking is disabled, your vehicle will not automatically apply
the brakes even if a potential frontal collision is detected. It is not suggested to turn it off.

This feature will be turned on when the vehicle's system restarts.

Cautions and Limitations


In certain situations, the camera may fail to recognize obstacles so that Automatic Emergency
Brake may fail to function. including but not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environment, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered by sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered by direct sunlight or other light sources.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.
• The camera cannot focus or malfunctions.

Only qualified vehicles moving in the same direction as your vehicle, cyclists, and pedestrians
will trigger Automatic Emergency Brake. Some targets are not responded to, including but not
limited to:

• Vehicles crossing perpendicular to your vehicle


• Animals
• Traffic lights
• Walls
• Barriers (traffic cones, etc.)
• Other non-vehicle objects

Caution

When the vehicle turns left at a speed of about 10-30 km/h and a risk of collision with an
oncoming vehicle is detected within the detection range, Forward Collision Warning will be
triggered.

In other scenarios, oncoming vehicles will not trigger Forward Collision Warning.

Caution

• This feature cannot ensure that all special-shaped vehicles can be identified in all
conditions. You need to pay extra attention, especially at night. Special-shaped
vehicles may include tricycles, vehicles with a damaged taillight, unclear rear contour,
or obstructed rear body, irregular-shaped vehicles, vehicles with a rear body lower
than a certain height, or unloaded transporters for carrying vehicles.
• This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when
the driver needs to pay extra attention.

For optimal performance, pedestrian detection requires clear and complete body contour
information. This entails being able to detect the pedestrian's head, arms, shoulders, legs, and
upper and lower body in combination with normal human movement patterns. Automatic
Emergency Brake may fail to function as intended due to failures to identify pedestrians in
some situations, including but not limited to:
• Pedestrians are lower than 100 centimeters or higher than 200 centimeters.
• Pedestrians in clothing (such as raincoats and gowns) that hides their body contours
(such as arms and legs).
• Pedestrians who are too close to your vehicle when first caught in the sensor’s field of
view.
• Pedestrians carrying large baggage or backpacks.
• Pedestrians in poor contrast with the background color.
• Pedestrians with an umbrella that hides their body contour (such as arms and legs).
• Pedestrians who are stooping or squatting.
• Pedestrians in wheelchairs.
• Pedestrians in close proximity to others.
• Pedestrians in reflective clothing.
• Pedestrians in dark conditions, such as at night or in a tunnel.
• Pedestrians who are crossing the road at a significantly changing speed.

For optimal performance, cyclist detection needs clear and complete bicycle and body contour
information. Only adult cyclists riding on adult bicycles can be detected. The Automatic
Emergency Brake may fail to function as intended due to failures to identify the cyclist in
some situations, including but not limited to:

• Obstructed bicycles or cyclists in clothing that hides their contours.


• Bicycles loaded with large objects.
• Bicycles traveling at high speed.
• Cyclists and bicycles in poor contrast with the background color.
• Cyclists who are crossing the road at a significantly changing speed.
• Cyclists who are too close to your vehicle when first caught in the sensor’s field of
view.
• Cyclists in dark conditions, such as at night or in a tunnel.
• Cyclists riding self-balancing scooters, standing scooters, certain types of seated
scooters, and special-shaped electric bicycles.

Automatic Emergency Brake may fail to function as intended if the target is not right in front
in some situations, including but not limited to:

• Automatic Emergency Brake does not respond to targets that are in the dead zone of
the sensors, including the dead zones at the corner, on the side, or at the rear of the
vehicle.
• When the vehicle is approaching or navigating a curve, the target may be incorrectly
selected or missed.
• The target may be lost or the distance to the target may be misjudged when the vehicle
is on a slope.
• When only a part of the vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of you (especially
large vehicles such as buses and trucks), the target may not be identified in time.
• When your vehicle suddenly swerves to the back of a vehicle in front of you or when
other vehicles abruptly cut into or out of the lane in front of your vehicle, the target
may not be identified in time.

The performance of Automatic Emergency Brake in reducing the impact of a collision may be
affected due to special or complex road conditions, including but not limited to:
• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bicycles, or animals.
• Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and
congested roads.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.

Caution

The braking distance increases on slippery roads. If Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction
Control System and Electronic Stability Program are triggered, the performance of Automatic
Emergency Braking in reducing the impact of a collision may be impaired.

Warning

The brake pedal moves downward abruptly during automatic braking events. Do not place
any objects under the brake pedal. Doing so can impede the ability of the brake pedal to move
freely.

Warning

Automatic Emergency Braking is not a substitute for maintaining a safe traveling distance
between you and the vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians in front of you. Do not stay too close to
vehicles, cyclists or pedestrians in front of you and avoid driving aggressively.

Warning

Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to reduce the impact of frontal collisions only. It
does not function when your vehicle is in REVERSE.

Warning

Automatic Emergency Braking may not apply the brakes or may stop applying the brakes in
certain situations, including but not limited to:

• The driver fully or suddenly presses the accelerator pedal.


• The driver turns the steering wheel sharply.
• The driver’s seat belt is unbuckled.
• The driver’s door is not closed.
• Automatic Emergency Braking has been triggered and cannot be triggered again
within roughly 20 seconds.
• No vehicle, cyclist or pedestrian is detected in front of the vehicle.

Warning

The above-mentioned limitations do not represent an exhaustive list of factors that may
interfere with the proper operation of Automatic Emergency Braking. It is the driver's
responsibility to avoid collisions by staying alert at all times and controlling the vehicle.
Multi Collision Braking (MCB)
Multi Collision Braking (MCB) comes standard on ES8. In certain types of collisions, the
vehicle applies brakes to help prevent or mitigate a secondary collision.

To help avoid or mitigate a secondary collision, the brakes are applied automatically to help
braking the vehicle to stop. The brake lights and hazard warning flashers will be activated and
the flashers will remain on after the vehicle has come to a standstill. The electrical parking
brake will then be applied automatically.

In a situation where stopping the vehicle may not be desirable, you can override this operation
by pressing the accelerator pedal.

This feature can only operate when the braking system is sufficiently intact after the collision.

Parent topic: Forward Collision Warning

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)


Lane Keeping Assist uses the trifocal camera to detect lane lines. When lane lines are clearly
detected and the vehicle is drifting out of the current lane, it warns you or applies steering
assist to reduce the risk of lane departure.

Lane Keeping Assist includes:

• Warning only (Lane Departure Warning): reminds you with appropriate visual and
audio alerts when your vehicle is drifting into an adjacent lane or crossing the lane
line.
• Warning and control (Lane Keeping Assist): slightly steers the vehicle to reduce the
possibility of lane departure and provides appropriate visual and audio alerts when
your vehicle is drifting into an adjacent lane or crossing the lane line.

Warning

Lane Keeping Assist can only provide limited steering assist and cannot control the vehicle's
speed.

Lane Keeping Assist is unable to constantly control the steering. Therefore, it cannot always
keep the vehicle centered in the lane.

Warning

Lane Keeping Assist has limited steering torque which can only provide a slight steering
assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure. Therefore, do not rely
solely on Lane Keeping Assist to steer. Take over steering immediately when necessary.

Please take over steering immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on winding
roads or roads with sharp curves.
Warning

As a driving assist feature, Lane Keeping Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions. Lane Keeping Assist is only a supplement to, and does not
function as a substitute for, your visual observation.

You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Lane Keeping Assist if it is safe. You should take over steering immediately
when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for
enabling Lane Keeping Assist, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate
responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and
regulations.

Warning

The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:

• Relying solely on Lane Keeping Assist


• Using Lane Keeping Assist in bad weather conditions
• Using Lane Keeping Assist on non-standardized roads
• Hands off the steering wheel
• Eyes off the road

Enabling/Disabling Lane Keeping Assist


Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap ADAS > Lane Departure Warning & Assist to enable or disable this
feature.

After enabling Rear Cross Traffic Alert, you can choose the assist level and sensitivity:

• Assist Level
o Warning (Lane Departure Warning): warning only
o Warning & Control (Lane Keeping Assist): warning and slight steering assist
• Sensitivity:
o Low: lower sensitivity to lane departures
o Medium: normal sensitivity to lane departures
o High: higher sensitivity to lane departures

Caution

Enabling Lane Departure Warning and Lane Keeping Assist does not activate this feature.
This feature is automatically activated when the operating conditions are met.

When Lane Keeping Assist controls the steering, the steering wheel will turn accordingly.

You can take over steering by turning the steering wheel manually.

Operating Conditions for Lane Keeping Assist:


• Pilot Steering Assist is not activated (refer to Pilot for details).
• Driving speed of 65-130 km/h.
• The vehicle is traveling normally, without abrupt acceleration, deceleration, or
swerving.
• The vehicle is traveling in the center of the lane instead of on the lane line.
• At least one lane line is clear.
• The trifocal camera is operating normally with a clear view.
• All components of Lane Departure Warning and Lane Keeping Assist are operating
correctly.
• Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, including:
o The driver is seated.
o The driver has fastened the seat belt.
o All doors are closed
o The gear is shifted into DRIVE.
o Anti-lock braking system, traction control and vehicle stability control are not
triggered
o Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not manually
disabled.

Caution

When the turn signal is active, Lane Keeping Assist does not provide any reminders or take
control if your vehicle deviates towards the corresponding side.

Warning

The maximum speed is the theoretical top speed for Lane Departure Warning and Lane
Keeping Assist. Please comply with traffic safety laws and regulations, including but not
limited to vehicle speed, when enabling Lane Departure Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.

Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster

1. Lane Keeping Assist status icon:


2. Lane Line Display

• Icon not shown: Lane Keeping Assist not enabled


• Icon in gray: Lane Keeping Assist is enabled but not activated
• Icon and lane lines in white: Lane Keeping Assist is activated

• Icon and one lane line in yellow: When the assist level is Warning & Control, this
indicates that Lane Keeping Assist is steering to reduce the possibility of drifting out
of the lane on the corresponding side. If the risk level increases, the status icon and
one lane line will turn to red and the system plays a prompt sound continuously.

• Icon and one lane line in red: When the assist level is Warning, this indicates a lane
departure risk on the corresponding side.

Caution

Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Cautions and Limitations


Lane Keeping Assist may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically in some
situations, including but not limited to:

• The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.


• Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
• The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or
construction areas.
• The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
• Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as merging or diverging lanes, expressway
ramps, urban intersections, or left-turn waiting areas.
• There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light
due to bad weather or at night.
• The lanes are too wide or too narrow.

Lane Keeping Assist may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically due to camera
recognition failures in some situations, including but not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environment, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered by sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered by direct light.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.

We do not recommend using Lane Keeping Assist in some special or complicated road
conditions as it may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically. Such conditions
include but are not limited to:

• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
• Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and
congested roads.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Narrow roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.
• Non-standard roads.
• Roads without center medians.
• Construction sites.

Emergency Lane Keeping


Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) uses the trifocal camera to detect lane lines or curbs. When
the conditions are met in an emergency, it applies steering assist to reduce the risk of lane
departure.

Enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch Driver Assist
>Emergency Lane Keeping to enable or disable the feature.

When the vehicle speed is between 65 km/h to 130 km/h, Emergency Lane Keeping may be
triggered in the following four emergent situations:

• Without engaging the turn signal, the vehicle involuntarily deviates from its lane to the
right.
• When the lane lines are solid, without engaging the turn signal, the vehicle
involuntarily deviates from its lane to a solid lane line.
• When there are oncoming vehicles on the adjacent left lane, without engaging the turn
signal, the vehicle involuntarily deviates from its lane to the left.
• When there are vehicles approaching rapidly from behind on the adjacent left lane, the
vehicle involuntarily deviates from its lane to the left or voluntarily makes a lane
change.

Warning

Emergency Lane Keeping has limited steering torque which can only provide certain steering
assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure or avoidance of danger.
Therefore, please take over steering in time instead of relying solely on Emergency Lane
Keeping.

Please control the vehicle direction immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving
on winding roads or roads with sharp curves.

Warning

As a driver assist feature, Emergency Lane Keeping cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.

You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions. Never rely solely on Emergency
Lane Keeping to avoid danger. For safety reasons, never test this feature by deliberately or
actively triggering Emergency Lane Keeping. If you come across a dangerous situation, never
wait Emergency Lane Keeping to intervene before taking action. You always bear the
ultimate responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic
laws and regulations.

Warning

The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:

• Relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping


• Hands off the steering wheel
• Eyes off the road
Operating Conditions for Emergency Lane Keeping:

• The driving speed is 65-130 km/h.


• The vehicle is driving without abrupt acceleration, deceleration, or swerving.
• The vehicle is in the center of the lane, not driving on the lane line.
• The trifocal camera is operating normally with a clear view.
• All components of Lane Keeping Assist are operating correctly.
• Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, including:
o The driver is seated.
o The vehicle is in DRIVE.
o Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System and Electronic Stability
Program are not triggered.
o The Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not
manually disabled.

Caution

Emergency Lane Keeping is automatically activated when the conditions are met in an
emergency.

Emergency Lane Keeping can only provide limited steering assist and cannot control the
vehicle’s speed.

Emergency Lane Keeping is unable to constantly control the steering. Therefore, it cannot
always keep the vehicle centered in the lane.

When Emergency Lane Keeping controls your steering, the steering wheel will turn
accordingly.

You can take over steering by turning the steering wheel manually.

Emergency Lane Keeping when deviating to the right

When operating conditions for Emergency Lane Keeping are met, if the vehicle involuntarily
deviates from its lane to the right, Emergency Lane Keeping will provide steering assist. In
this case, the vehicle icon and the right lane line turn yellow on the instrument cluster.

Warning

Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may deviate to the right in some situations, including but not limited to:
• Curbs are not clear or cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions,
such as strong light which leads to reflective curbs, and poor visibility or insufficient
light due to bad weather or at night;
• There are roadside obstacles that Emergency Lane Keeping cannot identify, such as
fences, guard rails, traffic cones and cone rods;
• The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.

Emergency Lane Keeping when deviating to the solid lane


line

When operating conditions for Emergency Lane Keeping are met, if the vehicle involuntarily
deviates from its lane to a solid lane, Emergency Lane Keeping will provide steering assist. In
this case, the vehicle icon and the corresponding lane line turn red on the instrument cluster.

Warning

Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may deviate to the solid lane line in some situations, including but not limited to:

• Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
• The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
• Lane lines are special ones.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light
due to bad weather or at night.
• The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.

Emergency Lane Keeping when deviating to the oncoming


vehicles on the left
When operating conditions for Emergency Lane Keeping are met, if the vehicle involuntarily
deviates from its lane to the left adjacent lane where there are oncoming vehicles, Emergency
Lane Keeping will provide steering assist. In this case, the vehicle icon and the left lane line
turn red on the instrument cluster.

Warning

Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may collide with the lead vehicle on the left in some situations, including but not
limited to:

• Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
• The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
• Lane lines are special ones.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light
due to bad weather or at night.
• The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
• The oncoming vehicle is not a vehicle, such as a motorcycle.

Emergency Lane Keeping when deviating to the vehicles


approaching from behind on the left

When operating conditions for Emergency Lane Keeping are met, if the vehicle involuntarily
deviates from its lane to the left adjacent lane where there are vehicles approaching rapidly
from behind, Emergency Lane Keeping will provide steering assist. In this case, the vehicle
icon and the left lane line turn red on the instrument cluster.

Warning
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may collide with the vehicle approaching from behind on the left in some situations,
including but not limited to:

• Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
• The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
• Lane lines are special ones.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light
due to bad weather or at night.
• The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.

Precautions and Restrictions


Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically due to
camera recognition failures in some situations, including but not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered with direct light.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.

Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically due to radar
recognition failures in some situations, including but not limited to:

• Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape,
labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
• Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
• Rain, snow, fog, haze, and other extreme weather which may impair radar
performance.
• False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips or concrete
walls.

Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically in


special or complicated situations, including but not limited to:
• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
• Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, motorway ramps, and
congested roads.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Narrow roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.
• Construction areas.

Pilot
Motorway Pilot and Traffic Jam Pilot perform Lane Keeping and Steering Assist alongside
speed control and distance maintenance by Adaptive Cruise Control. Pilot detects vehicles in
front of you with the trifocal camera and millimeter-wave radars, and automatically controls
your speed to maintain a safe distance. Pilot also identifies lane lines with the trifocal camera
and can provide steering assist to keep the vehicle in the current lane when there are clear lane
lines on both sides.

As a driving assist feature, Pilot does not perform autonomous driving, so you must
concentrate on the road.

Pilot is mainly used on roads with clear lane lines and limited access, such as main roads and
congested sections of motorways and elevated roads.

Caution

Steering Assist only functions when you hold the steering wheel while driving to ensure that
you can take over the steering at any time. If it detects that your hands are off the steering
wheel, Steering Assist will provide a reminder with visual and sound alerts.

Caution

Steering Assist will strive to keep the vehicle in the lane when there are clear lane lines on
both sides. Special road conditions and poor lighting on rainy days or at nighttime may result
in impaired lane recognition, failure to keep the vehicle in the lane, or scratching. In this case,
it is suggested that you temporarily turn off Pilot and switch to Adaptive Cruise Control.

Warning

As a driving assist feature, Pilot cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road
conditions.

You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Pilot if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when you find that
the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for Pilot, or there are other
unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining an appropriate
distance, speed, and steering, and complying with current traffic laws and regulations.

Warning

The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:

• Relying solely on Pilot


• Using Pilot in bad weather conditions
• Using Pilot in an environment where there are pedestrians, bicycles or animals
• Using Pilot on sharp curves
• Using Pilot when the lane lines are unclear or the lighting is poor
• Hands off the steering wheel
• Eyes off the road

Warning

As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collisions, Pilot has a limited
maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration requested for Automatic
Emergency Brake and normal driving scenarios.

Pilot may fail to stop your vehicle when its speed relative to the lead vehicle is greater than 50
km/h. In this case, exit Pilot immediately for your safety. Do not use Pilot to fully stop your
vehicle behind another stationary vehicle or follow the lead vehicle to a stop in this situation.

Warning

Pilot has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum steering force required in
normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Pilot to steer your vehicle. You
should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when navigating curves.

Please take over the steering immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on
winding roads. Do not rely on Pilot in such situations.

Enabling Pilot
1. : Activate or deactivate Pilot

2. : Increase the cruise speed or resume Pilot

3. : Increase the time-distance to the lead vehicle

4. : Reduce the time-distance to the lead vehicle

5. : Reduce the cruise speed

1. The set cruise speed


2. The target lead vehicle
3. Time-distance to the lead vehicle
4. Pilot status icon
o Icon not shown: Pilot cannot be activated as the required conditions are not
met.
o Icon in gray: Pilot is awaiting activation.
o Icon in white: Steering Assist is in the Standby Mode. Pilot is ready to engage
Adaptive Cruise Control and is searching for lane lines.
o Icon in blue: Pilot is fully activated with both Adaptive Cruise Control and
Steering Assist.

When operating conditions are met, press in the middle to activate Pilot.
• If the lane lines on both sides are clear and your vehicle is in the center of the lane,
Adaptive Cruise Control and Steering Assist will engage together.
• If the lane lines on both sides are not clear and your vehicle is not in the center of the
lane, Adaptive Cruise Control will engage first and start searching for lane lines.
Steering Assist will engage when required conditions are met.

Pilot can be activated at a speed of 15-130 km/h with no vehicles in front, or at 0-130 km/h
with a vehicle in front.

• The cruise speed is set at 30 km/h when the vehicle speed is below 30 km/h.
• The cruise speed is set at the current speed when the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h.

After Adaptive Cruise Control engages and starts searching for lane lines, you can release the
accelerator pedal and let Pilot maintain the set cruise speed.

• When there is a vehicle ahead, Pilot will adjust the speed according to the speed and
distance to the lead vehicle. The maximum speed will not exceed the cruise speed.
• When there are no vehicles ahead, Pilot will quickly adjust the speed of your vehicle
to the cruise speed.

When Steering Assist engages, it will actively control your steering, but please continue to
lightly grip the steering wheel with both hands. As your hands may have a slight impact on
steering assist, please pay close attention to the vehicle’s movement and remain prepared to
take over the steering wheel at any time.

When Pilot controls your steering, the steering wheel will turn accordingly. When Pilot
accelerates the vehicle, the accelerator pedal does not move. When Pilot brakes the vehicle,
the brake pedal might move.

Operating conditions for Pilot:

• The speed does not exceed 130 km/h.


• The trifocal camera and millimeter-wave radars are operating normally with a clear
view.
• All Pilot components are operating correctly.
• Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, including:
o The driver is seated.
o The driver has fastened the seat belt.
o All doors are closed.
o The vehicle is in DRIVE.
o The brake pedal is not pressed.
o Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System and Electronic Stability
Program are not triggered.
o The Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not
manually disabled.

Caution
When Steering Assist is on standby, Adaptive Cruise Control will continue searching for lane
lines and Lane Keeping Assist will maintain normal operations if the required conditions are
met. For more details, please refer to “Lane Keeping Assist”

Caution

When Steering Assist is active and a vehicle in an adjacent lane is too close to your vehicle,
Pilot may steer your vehicle slightly away from the center of the lane to avoid a collision.
However, do not deliberately attempt to solely rely on this feature. You should take over the
vehicle when necessary.

Adjusting Cruise Speed


When Pilot is activated:

• Press or on the steering wheel to change the cruise speed by +/- 1 km/h.

• Press and hold or on the steering wheel to change the cruise speed by +/- 5
km/h.

• Press the accelerator pedal and press to set the cruise speed to the current speed if
the current speed is greater than the set cruise speed, or to increase the cruise speed by
1 km/h if the current speed is less than the set cruise speed.

When using Pilot, you can set a cruise speed of up to 130 km/h.

The minimum set speed of Pilot is 30 km/h, but Pilot can follow a lead vehicle to a full stop (0
km/h).

Warning

The maximum set speed is the theoretical top speed for Pilot. Please comply with traffic
safety laws and regulations, including but not limited to vehicle speed, when enabling and
setting Pilot.

Adjusting the Time-Distance to the Lead Vehicle


When Pilot is activated or awaiting activation, the following time-distance can be set to one of
five grades.

• Press to increase the following time-distance by one level.

• Press to decrease the following time-distance by one level.

Caution

When the time distance for vehicle following is set shorter, Pilot’s driving pattern will be
more aggressive, which may cause discomfort.
Warning

It is your responsibility to determine and maintain a safe following distance at all time. Do not
rely solely on Pilot to maintain an accurate or appropriate following distance.

Taking Over Control and Resuming Pilot


When driving with Pilot, you can take over the vehicle by firmly pressing the accelerator
pedal or turning the steering wheel. When you take over by pressing the accelerator pedal,
Pilot will longer respond to the movements of the target lead vehicle.

When you stop pressing the accelerator pedal, Pilot will immediately resume.

When you take over by turning the steering wheel, Steering Assist will temporarily switch to
standby, but Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and search for lane lines. In this case,
steering is under your control.

When you stop turning the steering wheel, if the lane lines on both sides are clear and your
vehicle is in the center of the lane, Pilot will automatically resume.

If Pilot is deactivated by pressing or the brake pedal, it can be reactivated by pressing

and will resume the previously set cruise speed.

Five seconds after following the lead vehicle to a stop, Pilot can be reactivated by pressing

or the accelerator pedal. In this case, it will resume the previously set cruise speed.

When Pilot is reactivated, Adaptive Cruise Control is the first to engage and will start
searching for lane lines. If the lane lines on both sides are clear and your vehicle is in the
center of the lane, Steering Assist will engage concurrently.

Caution

When Pilot Steering Assist is functioning properly, toggling the turn signal lever will put Pilot
Steering Assist on standby, which requires you to take over the steering promptly. During this
time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the
required conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically.

Warning

Steering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage to standby
while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this time,
Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the
required conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. The situations include
but are not limited to:

• The vehicle is passing through a sharp curve, e.g. an expressway ramp or traffic
diversion lines.
• Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
• The road has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or construction
areas.
• The road has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
• Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as lane lines merging or diverting, expressway
ramps, urban intersections, left-turn waiting areas, etc.
• There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines and poor visibility or insufficient light
due to bad weather or night.
• The lanes are too wide or too narrow.

Deactivating Pilot
When the following conditions occur, Pilot deactivates, stops automatic speed and steering
control, and emits an audio alert:

• The steering wheel button is pressed.


• The brake pedal is pressed.
• The driver continuously presses the accelerator pedal for about one minute to take
over control.
• The vehicle is stopped for about five minutes.
• The driver’s hands are off the steering wheel for an extended period.

Pilot will also be deactivated when its operating conditions are not met. Upon deactivation,
you must immediately take over control of the brake pedal, accelerator pedal, and steering
wheel.

Caution

When Pilot is canceled, your vehicle may decelerate due to power regeneration and will no
longer automatically control steering and speed.

Warning

Pilot may suddenly be canceled due to unexpected circumstances. Please always pay attention
to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.

Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster


• Steering Assist is in the Standby Mode and Pilot is ready to engage Adaptive Cruise
Control and is searching for lane lines. However, you still control steering.
• Pilot is fully activated with both Adaptive Cruise Control and Steering Assist.
• Pilot is deactivated and in the Standby Mode. It can be reactivated by pressing .

Caution

Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Caution

When neither lane line is clear, but there is a vehicle in front that meets requirements, your
vehicle can follow the lead vehicle for a short time.

Warning

When lane lines are unclear on both sides and your vehicle is following the lead vehicle, you
may collide with other vehicles in adjacent lanes if the lead vehicle changes lanes at a slow
speed. Therefore, you need to be prepared to take over at any time to ensure your safety.

Hold the steering wheel and keep your eyes on the road in front.

When using Pilot, make sure you hold the steering wheel and keep eyes on the road in front.

If the system detects that you are not holding the steering wheel for a period of time, the
digital instrument cluster will display "Hold the steering wheel. Or Pilot will be temporarily
disabled" with continuous warning sounds.

Pilot will be temporarily disabled if you do not take over the vehicle. Then you won’t be able
to activate it or Adaptive Cruise Control in the current driving cycle. You can resume it by
shifting into PARK after stopping your vehicle.

The alert will disappear when the system detects that you are holding the steering wheel.

Caution

Pilot may still alert you when you are holding the steering wheel. In this case, you can lightly
grip or turn the steering wheel to cancel the alert.

Warning
As Pilot may not detect when you take your hands off the steering wheel and fail to send an
alert, do not rely solely on the system to remind you to hold the steering wheel.

Emergency Driver Assist

If the system detects that you are not holding the steering wheel or paying attention to the
road after prompting you with "Hold the steering wheel. Or Pilot will be temporarily
disabled", the system will activate Emergency Driver Assist once the conditions are met. In
this case, the instrument cluster will prompt you with "Emergency Driver Assist activated.
Take over now", and turn on the hazard warning lights. The vehicle will apply brake jerks and
sound chimes to remind you to take over, and brake the vehicle until it stops. When the
vehicle is stopped, it will unlock the doors automatically.

When Emergency Driver Assist is activated, you can take over anytime by pressing the
accelerator pedal or brake pedal, rotating the steering wheel or turning off the hazard warning
lights.

Caution

Emergency Driving Assist can only function properly when the restrictions for Pilot are met.

Warning

When activated, Emergency Driving Assist will brake the vehicle until it stops. During the
process, drifting or collision may not be avoided. Do not rely on or deliberately trigger this
feature.

Keep a Safe Distance

If the digital instrument cluster displays "Collision risk, keep a safe distance," it means that a
safe distance can no longer be guaranteed with the maximum deceleration that Pilot can exert
and there may be a risk of collision. In this case, you must immediately take over the brake
pedal and steering wheel to control the speed and steering.

Warning

If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and
take over immediately.

Lead Vehicle Start Alert


When following a lead vehicle to a full stop:
• If the lead vehicle starts within about five seconds, Pilot will automatically start the
vehicle to follow. You need to ensure it is safe to follow the lead vehicle to avoid any
collisions.
• If the lead vehicle starts within about five seconds, Pilot automatically starts the
vehicle to follow. Before that, Pilot will emit a sound to remind you.
• If the lead vehicle starts after five seconds, the digital instrument cluster reminds you
that "The lead vehicle started", and you need to ensure it is safe to follow the lead car,

and press or press the accelerator pedal to reactivate Pilot to follow.


• If the lead vehicle remains stopped for over five minutes, Pilot is deactivated and the
Electric Parking Brake is engaged.

After following the lead vehicle to a full stop, Pilot can only restart your vehicle when a
distance of over four meters is maintained.

Warning

Pilot cannot detect other vehicles or road users in all situations and may be ineffective,
inappropriate, or late due to multiple factors. You must pay attention to the traffic and road
conditions at all times and never rely on Pilot to start your vehicle to follow the lead vehicle.
Failure to do so can cause personal injury or vehicle damage.

Smart Speed Assist

1. The indicator of the set cruise speed


2. For more details, refer to "Traffic Sign Recognition and Speed Limit Warning" in the
User Manual.

When the system detects that the speed limit information has changed and is over 10 km/h
higher than the set speed, the cruise speed indicator on the instrument cluster will flash for a
period of time. In this case, press the "Resume/+" button on the steering wheel to quickly
adjust the cruise speed to the newly detected speed limit.
When the system detects that the speed limit information has changed and is over 10 km/h
lower than the set speed, the cruise speed indicator on the instrument cluster will flash for a
period of time. In this case, press the "-" button on the steering wheel to quickly adjust the
cruise speed to the newly detected speed limit.

Caution

When the speed setting icon no longer flashes, short press the "Resume/+" or "–" button on
the steering wheel to change the cruise speed by +/–1 km/h. For details, refer to "Adjusting
Cruise Speed".

Warning

Intelligent Speed Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your
visual observation. Never rely solely on Intelligent Speed Assist to set the cruise speed and
vehicle speed. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions,
and drive at an appropriate and safe speed in compliance with applcable traffic laws and
regulations.

Overtaking Assist
When following the lead vehicle, if you turn on the left turn signal and turn the steering wheel
to attempt to overtake the lead vehicle, this feature will help you accelerate with the
maximum speed as the set cruise speed.

Operating conditions for Overtaking Assist:

• Pilot is enabled and a lead vehicle is detected.


• The speed is over 50 km/h but not above the set cruise speed.
• There is no lane line or a dashed line on the target lane.
• A safe distance is kept between your vehicle and the lead vehicle.
• Hazard warning lights are off.
• Turn signals are operating correctly.

When the above-mentioned conditions are met, fully engage the left turn signal to activate
Overtaking Assist. Steering Assist will temporarily switch to standby, but Adaptive Cruise
Control will remain activated. When you turn the steering wheel left, Adaptive Cruise Control
will continue to maintain a safe distance to the lead vehicle, but allow you to get slightly
closer than the set distance. When changing lanes, Adaptive Cruise Control will accelerate the
vehicle without the accelerator pedal being pressed, but the maximum speed will not exceed
the set cruise speed.

Caution

Your vehicle may decelerate when Overtaking Assist is in operation due to the lead vehicle in
the current or target lane, which is highlighted on the digital instrument cluster.

Overtaking Assist is deactivated and Adaptive Cruise Control remains activated in the
following situations:

• The lane change is completed.


• Overtaking Assist is active for too long.
• The turn signal lever is toggled back before a lane change.

Caution

When the operating conditions for Pilot are not met, Overtaking Assist and Pilot will both be
canceled.

Caution

Overtaking Assist only assists in adjusting the vehicle's driving speed, and cannot control the
steering. You must manually control the steering at all times.

Caution

Overtaking Assist is unable to distinguish your intention to overtake from your intention to
turn left.

Warning

Overtaking Assist only detects the vehicle in front of you. In order to ensure your safety, you
must take the initiative to inspect your surroundings before and during the process of
overtaking.

Warning

When using Overtaking Assist, you should be aware of the possibility of sudden acceleration
or a lack of acceleration, and always be prepared to press or fully press the accelerator pedal
to take over. Do not rely solely on this feature to overtake other vehicles.

Warning

Overtaking Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations, including but not
limited to:

• Approaching a left-hand exit


• Driving on winding roads
• The front vehicle's status in the current or target lane changes suddenly, e.g. sudden
deceleration
• Obstacles to the side or rear of the vehicle

Overtaking Right Prevention


On motorways or elevated roads, if Pilot detects that there is a vehicle to your left front going
faster than 85 km/h in the same direction, Overtaking Right Prevention will be activated. The
target vehicle will be highlighted on the instrument cluster, and Pilot will prevent the vehicle
from overtaking the target vehicle. You can adjust the following time-distance to the lead
vehicle.

Overtaking Right Prevention is deactivated in the following situations:

• There is no target vehicle on the left front.


• The speed of the target vehicle is below 70 km/h.
• The accelerator pedal is pressed.
• Pilot is deactivated.

Warning

Disabling Overtaking On The Right may miss or incorrectly identify left front vehicles.
Disabling Overtaking On The Right cannot guarantee that the vehicle will not overtake on the
right. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions, be ready to
control the vehicle speed, and comply with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Pilot with NOMI


When NOMI is not in a conversation and Pilot engages, disengages, or requires steering
takeover, NOMI will use audio reminders and facial expressions to help you operate Pilot
more safely and efficiently.

Enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch Driver Assist > NOMI
Pilot Notification to enable or disable the feature. NOMI Pilot Notification is enabled by
default.

Precautions and Restrictions


In some situations, the camera system may fail to recognize obstacles, which may affect the
performance of Pilot or even cause the unintended deactivation of Pilot with a message that
reads "Camera view limited. Pilot deactivated" on the digital instrument cluster. Such
situations include but are not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered with direct light.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.

In some situations, the radar system may fail to recognize obstacles, which may affect the
performance of Pilot or even cause the unintended deactivation of Pilot. Such situations
include but are not limited to:

• Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape,
labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
• Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
• Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather which may impair radar
performance
• False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips or concrete
walls.

Only qualified vehicles will trigger Pilot. Some targets may not be recognized or responded
to, including but not limited to:

• Vehicles crossing perpendicular to your vehicle


• Oncoming vehicles
• Bicycles, motorcycles, and tricycles

Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:

• Pedestrians
• Animals
• Traffic lights
• Walls
• Barriers
• Other non-vehicle objects

Caution

• This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at
night when the driver needs to pay extra attention, e.g. vehicles with a covered rear or
irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen
carriers.
• This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when
the driver needs to pay extra attention.
Identification and response may be delayed if the target is not right in the front in some
situations, including but not limited to:

• Pilot does not respond to targets that are in the blind spot of the sensors. For example,
Pilot cannot detect targets in the blind spot at the corner or on the side of the vehicle.
• When the vehicle is approaching or navigating a curve, the target may be incorrectly
selected or missed, resulting in unintended acceleration or deceleration.
• The target may be lost or the distance to the lead vehicle may be misjudged when the
vehicle is on a slope. Driving downhill will increase the vehicle speed so as to exceed
the cruise speed.
• When only a part of the vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of you (especially
large vehicles such as buses and trucks), the target may not be identified and trigger a
response. Therefore, you must immediately take over control.
• When your vehicle suddenly cuts behind the lead vehicle, or when other vehicles
abruptly cut in to or out of the lane in front of you, the target may not be promptly
identified. Therefore, you must immediately take over control.

Caution

• In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or
intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or
changing lanes).
• In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle's brakes when it is not necessary or
intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a
stationary target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
• When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the
current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time
for your safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.

Warning

This feature does not guarantee that the target can be accurately recognized in all situations.
Please take over promptly if you find that the target lead vehicle shown on the digital
instrument cluster does not match the actual situation. i.e.

• A vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows none.
• No vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows a vehicle.

We do not recommend using Pilot in special or complex road conditions which may affect the
performance of Pilot or even cause the unintended deactivation of Pilot. Such conditions
include but are not limited to:

• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
• Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, motorway ramps, and
congested roads.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Narrow roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.
• Non-standard roads.
• Roads without center medians.
• Construction areas.

If the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is too high, the limited control
capabilities of Pilot may be insufficient to promptly maintain the appropriate distance in some
situations, Such situations include but are not limited to:

• The front vehicle makes sudden moves (such as an abrupt turn, acceleration, or
deceleration).
• Other vehicles suddenly cut in or out of the lane in front of you.
• Your vehicle suddenly cuts behind a vehicle in front.
• Your vehicle rushes towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed.

Braking force may not be sufficient in some situations, Such situations include but are not
limited to:

• The brakes do not fully function (such as when brake components are too cold, hot, or
wet).
• Improper maintenance (such as excessive brake or tire wear, or abnormal tire
pressure).
• Driving on special roads (such as sloping roads or roads with water, mud, potholes,
snow, or ice).

Caution

Pilot may send visual and audio warnings in the event of upfront danger, changes to the lane,
unclear lane lines, sharp curves, construction areas or restrictions to the camera's field of
view.

Such warnings serve as a reference only, and cannot substitute your own visual observation.
Due to the influence of multiple factors, the warning may be ineffective, inappropriate or late.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions. Never base your judgment
solely on warnings.

• Automatic Lane Change (ALC)


• Navigate on Pilot (NOP) Beta

Automatic Lane Change (ALC)


Auto Lane Change (ALC) provides an automatic lane change function alongside lane keeping
assist. When the vehicle speed exceeds 70 km/h and the environment and road conditions
meet certain requirements, the vehicle can change to the adjacent lane automatically by gently
toggling the turn signal lever.
Auto Lane Change is mainly used on high-speed roads that require concentration. The current
and the target lanes must have good light, clear lane lines, and room for lane change.

Note

Auto Lane Change can only change one lane at a time.

Note

Auto Lane Change may fail or cancel if the light and visibility are poor at night, or when lane
lines are not clear. In this case, please take over promptly.

Note

The information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference
and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the
information displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Caution

Auto Lane Change can only work properly when the operating conditions and restrictions for
Steering Assist are met. For more details, please refer to “Pilot” in the User Manual.

Warning

You must always confirm if it is safe and appropriate to change lanes before and when
changing lanes. Please note that Auto Lane Change cannot respond to pedestrians, obstacles,
oncoming vehicles, etc; Auto Lane Change may fail to recognize the target lane or the current
lane correctly. Never rely solely on Auto Lane Change to choose a driving path or to change
lanes. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely.

Warning

As a driving assist feature, Auto Lane Change cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Auto Lane Change if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when
you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for Auto Lane
Change, or there are other unsafe factors.

You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely and complying with
current traffic laws and regulations.

Enabling/Disabling Auto Lane Change


Go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tap Driver Assist > Auto Lane Change to enable or disable the feature.

Operating conditions for Auto Lane Change:

• The vehicle is driving on motorways in Norway, Sweden, or Finland.


• Auto Lane Change is enabled.
• Steering Assist works correctly.
• The trifocal camera and five millimeter-wave radars function normally with a clear
view.
• The current speed is close to, equal to, or higher than 70 km/h.
• The current and target lanes meet all required conditions for safe lane changing,
including:
o The common lane line between the current and target lanes is a white dashed
line.
o The current and target lanes do not curve sharply.
o A safe distance is maintained from the vehicles in front and behind in both the
current and target lanes.
o There are no alerts from Blind Spot Detection, Lane Change Assist or other
features regarding the target lane.
o The target lane has clear lines on both sides.
• All components required for Auto Lane Change work correctly, and the vehicle meets
all safety requirements, including:
o Turn signals are operating correctly.
o Hazard warning lights are off.
o The driver is seated.
o The driver has fastened the seat belt.
o All doors are closed.
o The vehicle is in DRIVE.
o The brake pedal is not pressed.
o Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System and Electronic Stability
Program are not triggered.
o The Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not
manually disabled.

Enabling Auto Lane Change in Settings does not mean that the feature is activated.

After the operating conditions are met, you must first take the initiative to visually inspect
your surroundings before gently engaging the corresponding turn signal.
• When the system detects that all conditions for lane change are met, Auto Lane
Change is activated to start the lane change. In the meantime, a blue path will be
displayed on the instrument cluster, and the lane line on the corresponding side will be
highlighted and disappear after the lane change is complete.
• When the system detects that the conditions for lane change are not fully met and the
risk still remains after about 3 seconds, Auto Lane Change is canceled and the lane
line on the corresponding side is displayed in red on the instrument cluster.

To cancel or abort a lane change, you can move the turn signal lever to the opposite direction.
Any of the following conditions will stop a lane change, and the vehicle will warn you to
immediately take over control via the digital instrument cluster and an audio alert:

• The environment is deemed unsafe for Auto Lane Change.


• Steering Assist is canceled due to the steering wheel being taken over, unclear lane
lines, sharp curves, or any other reason.
• Adaptive Cruise Control and Steering Assist are canceled at the same time due to the
Pilot button being pressed, the brake pedal being pressed, or any other reason.

Note

When Navigate on Pilot (NOP) is enabled, the system will exit the lateral control and
Navigate on Pilot Mode after the lever is toggled and held for a while.

Note
No Auto Lane Change reminder will be shown when you toggle the turn indicator in the
following situations:

• Auto Lane Change (ALC) is disabled in Settings.


• The vehicle is not driving on motorways in Norway, Sweden, or Finland.
• Steering Assist is not activated.

Caution

Auto Lane Change can only change one lane at a time.

Caution

Auto Lane Change may fail if the light and visibility are poor at night, or when lane lines are
not clear.

Warning

Auto Lane Change may suddenly be canceled due to unexpected circumstances. Please
always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.

Warning

Please comply with traffic safety laws and regulations, including but not limited to vehicle
speed, when enabling Auto Lane Change.
Warning

You must always confirm if it is safe and appropriate before and when changing lanes. Please
note that Auto Lane Change cannot respond to pedestrians, obstacles, oncoming vehicles, etc.
Never rely solely on Auto Lane Change to choose a driving path. You always bear the
ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely.

Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster


• Ready to change lanes

• Lane change in progress

• Lane change stopped or failed

• Lane change complete

Caution

Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

You need to pay attention to the actual conditions of the traffic in front of, behind, and to the
side of the vehicle at all times and apply reasonable judgment.

Precautions and Restrictions


Auto Lane Change may fail to change lanes as intended and you must be prepared to take
immediate control in some situations, including but not limited to:

• The vehicle is passing through a sharp curve, such as a motorway ramp or traffic
diversion lines.
• Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
• The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or
construction areas.
• Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as merging or diverging lanes, motorway
ramps, urban intersections, or left-turn waiting areas.
• The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
• There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light
due to bad weather or at night.
• The distance between the lines of the current and the target lanes is too wide or too
narrow.

The camera may fail to recognize obstacles, resulting in lane change failures in some
situations, including but not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered with direct light.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.

Radars may fail to recognize obstacles, resulting in lane change failures in some situations,
including but not limited to:

• Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape,
labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
• Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
• Rain, snow, fog, haze, and other extreme weather which may impair radar
performance.
• False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips or concrete
walls.

Auto Lane Change may miss or incorrectly identify obstacles in the target and the current
lanes. You must always be sure it is safe and appropriate to change lanes before and during
the operation. Some targets may not be recognized or responded to, including but not limited
to:

• Vehicles crossing perpendicular to your vehicle


• Oncoming vehicles
• Bicycles, motorcycles, and tricycles

Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:

• Pedestrians
• Animals
• Traffic lights
• Walls
• Barriers
• Other non-vehicle objects

Caution

• Auto Lane Change cannot guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets. Please
pay extra attention, especially at night, to targets, such as vehicles with a covered rear
or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen
carriers.
• Auto Lane Change may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night
when the driver needs to pay extra attention.

We do not recommend using Auto Lane Change in special or complex road conditions,
including but not limited to:

• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
• Complex and changing traffic flows, such as motorway ramps and congested roads.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Narrow roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.
• Non-standard roads.
• Roads without center medians.

Parent topic: Pilot

Navigate on Pilot (NOP) Beta


Navigate on Pilot (NOP) Beta is a feature that combines the perception system with the
navigation system to help the driver follow the navigation route while driving on a motorway.

When turned on, NOP intelligently adjusts the cruising speed based on traffic conditions.
Combined with the navigation route, the display shows traffic conditions and the system
guides you to take the right lane to get to your destination.

This feature is only available in Norway.

Caution

Navigate on Pilot can only work properly when the operating conditions and restrictions for
Steering Assist are met. For more details, please refer to “NIO Pilot” in the User Manual.

Caution

Navigate on Pilot Beta Version is a public beta version and many features are still being
optimized.

Warning

As a feature for driving comfort, Navigate on Pilot (NOP) cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions.

You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Navigate on
Pilot or not after your safety is ensured.

You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road
or vehicle are not suitable for enabling Navigate on Pilot, or there are other safety risks. It is
always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and complies
with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Warning

Please pay attention to the surrounding environment and be ready to take over at any time
when Navigate on Pilot is changing lanes.
Please pay extra attention when Navigate on Pilot guides the vehicle to drive on and off
ramps, makes lane changes, or drives through intersections and congested road sections.

Like other driving assist features, Navigate on Pilot cannot recognize and respond to static
obstacles (such as road barriers and warning triangles). Please take over the vehicle
immediately if there is an accident or construction area up ahead.

Warning

The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:

• Relying solely on Navigate on Pilot


• Hands off the steering wheel
• Eyes off the road
• Using Navigate on Pilot in bad weather conditions
• Using Navigate on Pilot on sharp curves
• Using Navigate on Pilot in road sections where lane lines are unclear or the lighting is
poor
• Using Navigate on Pilot in unsafe road conditions or an unsafe environment

Warning

Like other driving assist features, this feature is for driving comfort and not for preventing
collisions. Navigate on Pilot has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the
maximum deceleration required for Automatic Emergency Braking and normal driving
scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Navigate on Pilot to fully decelerate your vehicle
to avoid a collision.

Navigate on Pilot may fail to stop your vehicle when its speed relative to a slow-moving or
stationary vehicle in front of it is greater than 50 km/h. In this case, exit Navigate on Pilot
immediately. Do not rely on Navigate on Pilot to bring your vehicle to a complete stop
regardless of whether it is following a stationary vehicle or a lead vehicle.

Warning

Like other driving assist features, Navigate on Pilot has a limited steering force that is less
than the maximum steering force required for driving. Therefore, do not rely solely on
Navigate on Pilot to steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the
steering, especially when navigating curves.

Please take over the steering immediately when cornering, turning around, and driving on
winding roads or roads with sharp curves. Do not rely on Navigate on Pilot in these situations.

Enabling Navigate on Pilot


Go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tap Driver Assist > Navigate on Pilot to enable or disable the feature.

Operating Conditions for Navigate on Pilot:


• The vehicle is running on a motorway in Norway.
• The operating conditions for Steering Assist must be met. For details, refer to "NIO
Pilot" in the User Manual.
• Navigation functions normally.
• The Navigate on Pilot quick access on the navigation page is not disabled.
• The GNSS signal is strong.
• The vehicle is on a road where Navigate on Pilot is available.
• Hazard warning lights are off.
• Turn signals are operating correctly.
• The trifocal camera and five millimeter-wave radars are operating normally with a
clear view.

Enabling Navigate on Pilot in Settings does not mean that the feature is activated. With
Navigate on Pilot enabled, you can check if Navigate on Pilot is available for certain route
during route planning. When the vehicle is on a road where Navigate on Pilot is available and

you press , Navigate on Pilot will be automatically activated once the operating
conditions are met.

Enabling Navigate on Pilot will also enable other necessary features, including Forward
Collision Warning, Automatic Emergency Braking, Auto Lane Change, and Traffic Sign
Recognition.

Navigation Settings
When Navigate on Pilot is enabled in Settings, you can check if Navigate on Pilot is available
for certain route during route planning. If available, the Navigate on Pilot icon will be
displayed on the route with the estimated distance covered. Swipe up for more details of the
road sections covered by Navigate on Pilot in the route.

When Navigate on Pilot is enabled, Prefer NOP is added to the route preference settings.
When Prefer NOP is selected, the route with more road sections covered by Navigate on Pilot
is prioritized.
When you select a route with sections covered by Navigate on Pilot and start navigation, you
can check if Navigate on Pilot is available for each section by tapping the icon on the upper
left corner of the navigation interface to view the turn-by-turn information. Road sections
covered by Navigate on Pilot are marked with a Navigate on Pilot icon in the front. You can
also view the road sections covered by Navigate on Pilot in the entire route by tapping the
upper area on the turn-by-turn information page or swiping down the page.

When you select a route with road sections covered by Navigate on Pilot and start navigation,
you can check the road sections covered by Navigate on Pilot by paying attention to the start
and end icons along the navigation route.
When Navigate on Pilot is enabled in Settings, Navigate on Pilot quick access will display on
the lower left corner of the navigation page.

• : Navigate on Pilot not activated

• : Navigate on Pilot activated

• : Navigate on Pilot disabled

You can cancel Navigate on Pilot by tapping its quick access. In this case, Navigate on Pilot
will be disabled and exit to NIO Pilot once the operating conditions and limitations are met.

Caution

If you are driving on a road which is underneath a ring road but the navigation displays the
vehicle on the ring road itself, or you are driving on an auxiliary road in parallel with a main
road but the navigation displays the vehicle on the main road, Navigate on Pilot may be
mistakenly activated, which can result in unintended acceleration, deceleration or lane
changing.

Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster


Navigate on Pilot Activated

1. Suggested path and lane lines

With Navigate on Pilot activated, your vehicle will be guided along the blue path.

2. "Lane Departure" status icon


3. Current driving speed

Navigate on Pilot adjusts the vehicle speed based on the lead vehicle speed, traffic
speed and road curvature, but the maximum speed will not exceed the set cruise speed.

You can increase the current speed by firmly pressing the accelerator pedal. In this
case, Navigate on Pilot will not follow the speed of the lead vehicle or other speed
limits. When you stop pressing the accelerator pedal, if Navigate on Pilot has not
canceled, it will follow the corresponding speed limits. When you press the accelerator
pedal for a certain period of time, Navigate on Pilot will cancel. In this case,
acceleration and steering of your vehicle are under your control.

Warning

Do not rely on Navigate on Pilot to control the vehicle speed. You must always pay
attention to the traffic conditions, road environment, and speed limit signs, and drive
at a safe and compliant speed.

4. The set cruise speed

When you activate Navigate on Pilot by pressing , Navigate on Pilot


automatically sets the cruise speed according to the speed limit. You can adjust the
cruise speed with the cruise speed control buttons on the steering wheel. When you
change the cruise speed, Navigate on Pilot will not automatically set the cruise speed
until a new speed limit is detected.

Caution

When Navigate on Pilot is activated, please be aware that the vehicle may accelerate
to match the speed limit of the main road when merging into traffic.

Warning

The speed limit information provided by Navigate on Pilot is not always accurate, and
may differ from the actual road conditions. In this case, your vehicle may accelerate or
decelerate unexpectedly. Please always pay attention to the road conditions, and be
ready to manually adjust the cruising speed or take over the vehicle.

5. Speed limit reminder

For details, please refer "Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)" in the User Manual.

Navigate on Pilot to be Activated


When your vehicle is in a road section where Navigate on Pilot is available, Navigate on Pilot

will be shown as awaiting activation. If you press on the steering wheel, Navigate on
Pilot will be automatically activated once the operating conditions are met.

Navigate on Pilot to be Deactivated

When your vehicle is leaving a road section where Navigate on Pilot is available, a reminder
will be displayed at the bottom of the digital instrument cluster, indicating the remaining
distance before you need to take over control.

Fast lane suggestion and lane change of Navigate on Pilot

When Navigate on Pilot is enabled and the vehicle is running on a main motorway, the lane
that allows fast transit will be highlighted based on traffic conditions. When the vehicle speed
is higher than 70 km/h and the surroundings and road conditions meet certain requirements,
you can gently toggle the turn signal lever to activate Auto Lane Change, and your vehicle
will change lanes at an appropriate time. For details, please refer to “Auto Lane Change
(ALC)” in the User Manual.

Note

When driving on a main road, please confirm the suggested lane change by toggling the turn
signal lever immediately if it is safe. Otherwise, you may miss the proper time to make a lane
change.

Note
When driving on a main road, the turn signal will be turned on if you gently toggle the turn
signal lever and will stay on during the lane change.

Note

When maneuvering to an adjacent lane, the vehicle may adjust its speed in the current lane.

Note

When the system detects that your hands are off the steering wheel, Navigate on Pilot (NOP)
will not provide any fast lane suggestion.

Note

When the operating conditions for Auto Lane Change (ALC) are met, toggle the turn signal
lever towards the lane change direction to make a lane change; toggle the lever hard to exit
Navigate on Pilot (NOP); or toggle the lever reversely to cancel the lane change.

Warning

Lanes may change abruptly when your vehicle is driving at high speeds. You must always
confirm if a lane change is safe and appropriate before and when changing lanes. Please pay
attention to the road conditions. Always hold the steering wheel and be ready to take over at
any time.

Entering/Exiting a Motorway with Navigate on Pilot


You need to change lanes manually when entering or exiting a main motorway. Please take
over your vehicle by toggling the turn signal lever hard as required by the reminder, and turn
your vehicle in time to enter or exit the main motorway safely.

Your vehicle will remind you to take over it when entering a main motorway. . At this point,
you need to pay attention to your surroundings, toggle the turn signal lever hard to exit
Navigate on Pilot, and take over the vehicle to enter the motorway manually.

The vehicle will remind you of the ramp ahead when you are about to drive from the
motorway onto a ramp, and remind you again to take over the vehicle when you are close to
the ramp. At this point, you need to pay attention to your surroundings, toggle the turn signal
lever hard to exit Navigate on Pilot, and take over the vehicle to exit the motorway manually.

Note

When entering or exiting a main motorway, your vehicle will try Auto Lane Change (ALC) if
you gently toggle the turn signal lever. However, it may fail due to the special road structure.
Therefore, you are not advised to gently toggle the lever, but rather take over the vehicle to
enter or exit the main motorway manually.

Note
Before making a lane change or driving on or off a ramp, please check the side mirrors to
ensure your surroundings are safe for the lane change and the driving complies with the
applicable traffic regulations.

Warning

Do not rely on Navigate on Pilot to decide which lane you should drive in. Please pay
attention to the route and road conditions to make sure the vehicle can drive in the correct lane
safely.

Warning

Navigate on Pilot (NOP) may fail to make a lane change in time. Please pay attention to the
route and road conditions, and be ready to manually drive on or off a ramp or make a lane
change at any time.

Cancel or abort a lane change


To cancel or abort a lane change, engage the opposite turn signal.

Any of the following conditions will stop a lane change, and the vehicle will warn you to
immediately take over control via the digital instrument cluster and an audio alert:

• Navigate on Pilot detects that the surrounding environment is not safe for a lane
change.
• Steering Assist is canceled due to the steering wheel being taken over, unclear lane
lines, sharp curves, or any other reason.
• Adaptive Cruise Control and Steering Assist are canceled at the same time due to the
Pilot button being pressed, the brake pedal being pressed, or any other reason.

Take over reminder


If Navigate on Pilot cannot continue to keep your vehicle on the navigation route, you will be
prompted via an audio alert and message to immediately take over control of the speed and
steering.

Head-Up Display
1. The set cruise speed
2. Navigate on Pilot status icon
3. Current driving speed
4. Navigation information display: When Navigate on Pilot is activated, the navigation
arrow and progress bar will turn blue.
5. Navigate on Pilot smart lane change reminder: When the vehicle is executing a smart
lane change, the direction indicator on the heads-up display will point to the
corresponding direction.

Pilot with NOMI


Before enabling Navigate on Pilot, please enable Pilot with NOMI reminders in settings.
When NOMI is not in a conversation, it will help you use Navigate on Pilot safely and
efficiently with audio reminders and facial expressions and remind you of taking over the
vehicle before driving on or off a ramp.

It is recommended to enable Navigate on Pilot and Pilot with NOMI simultaneously, so that
you can be timely reminded of the feature activation or deactivation status and the timing to
drive on or off a ramp manually.

Deactivating Navigate on Pilot


You can deactivate Navigate on Pilot by:

• Pressing on the steering wheel, which also deactivates Pilot.


• Pressing the brake pedal, which also deactivates Pilot.
• Turning the steering wheel to take over control.
• Disabling Navigate on Pilot quick access on the navigation page.
• Exiting navigation.

Navigate on Pilot will be automatically deactivated in the following situations, in which case
you must immediately take over control:

• The operating conditions for Steering Assist are not met. For details, please refer to
"NIO Pilot" in the User Manual.
• Navigation cannot function normally.
• The vehicle leaves a road section where Navigate on Pilot is available.
• The driver’s hands are off the steering wheel for an extended period.
• The hazard warning lights are on.
• A system fault occurs.

Caution

If Navigate on Pilot is canceled, NIO Pilot will be engaged if the operating conditions and
limitations are met. Please note that Pilot cannot automatically adjust the set cruise speed or
drive according to the navigation route. You need to manually adjust the cruise speed or take
over the vehicle.
When Navigate on Pilot is canceled, NIO Pilot will also be canceled if the operating
conditions and limitations are not met. You should take over control of the brake pedal,
accelerator pedal, and steering wheel immediately after Pilot exits to control the speed and
steering of the vehicle.

Warning

Navigate on Pilot may suddenly be canceled due to unexpected circumstances. Please always
pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.

Precautions and Restrictions


Navigation may fail to function as intended in some situations, including but not limited to:

• Navigation fails to receive real-time information updates due to network connection


failure.
• Navigation exits unexpectedly due to routing failures.

In some situations, Navigate on Pilot may fail to identify the environments or targets
correctly. Please pay close attention to your surroundings and the road, always hold the
steering wheel, and be ready to take over control at any time. Such situations include but are
not limited to:

• There are vehicles approaching fast from behind.


• There are vehicles driving next to yours in heavy traffic.
• There are vehicles quickly cutting into the ramp from the side.
• There are vehicles merging into the adjacent lane from the other side of the lane.
• There are vehicles driving on the edge of the target lane.
• There are guard rails and traffic barriers near the intersection.

Warning

Navigate on Pilot cannot recognize and respond to stationary obstacles (such as road barriers
and warning triangles). If there is an accident, construction area or road closure up ahead,
please take over control immediately.

Navigate on Pilot is only available on motorways and may not function as intended in other
road sections, including but not limited to:

• Special areas where Navigate on Pilot is not allowed by laws and regulations.
• Road sections where Navigate on Pilot cannot function normally due to loss of GNSS
signal, such as in a long tunnel.
• Road sections in service areas.
• Road sections near complicated intersections or with frequent accidents where
Navigate on Pilot may be restricted.

In some situations, Steering Assist and Navigate on Pilot may be deactivated and you should
be prepared to take over control at any time. Such situations include but are not limited to:

• The vehicle is navigating sharp curves.


• Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
• The section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads and construction areas.
• The lanes are not clearly divided, such as where lanes merge or diverge.
• The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
• There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
• Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light
due to bad weather or at night.
• The lanes are too wide or too narrow.

In some situations, the camera system may fail to recognize obstacles, which may affect the
performance of or even cause the unintended deactivation of Navigate on Pilot. Such
situations include but are not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered with direct light.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.

In some situations, the radar system may fail to recognize obstacles, which may affect the
performance of or even cause the unintended deactivation of Navigate on Pilot. Such
situations include but are not limited to:

• Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape,
labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
• Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
• The radar’s performance is impaired due to the rain, snow, fog, haze, and other
weather.
• False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips or concrete
walls.

Navigate on Pilot will only respond to vehicles that meet certain conditions. Some targets may
not be recognized or responded to, including but not limited to:

• Vehicles crossing perpendicular to your vehicle


• Oncoming vehicles
• Bicycles, motorcycles, and tricycles

Some targets will not be responded to, including but not limited to:

• Pedestrians
• Animals
• Traffic lights
• Walls
• Barriers
• Other non-vehicle objects

Caution

• Navigate on Pilot cannot guarantee the recognition of special-shaped vehicles. Please


pay extra attention, especially at night, to targets, such as vehicles with a covered rear
or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen
carriers.
• Navigate on Pilot may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night
when the driver needs to pay extra attention.

Navigate on Pilot is not recommended in special or complicated road conditions, including


but not limited to:

• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Complicated traffic conditions, such as motorways with heavy or slow traffic.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Narrow roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.
• Non-standard roads.

Parent topic: Pilot

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)


Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can maintain the vehicle at the set speed and a set distance
with the lead car. Adaptive Cruise Control uses the trifocal camera and millimeter-wave
radars to monitor the lead vehicle in your lane and adjusts the speed of your vehicle
accordingly.

This system includes the start-stop function that can follow the lead vehicle to a full stop
(within a certain deceleration limit). If the lead vehicle starts to move again within a short
period of time, your vehicle will automatically resume following. If the lead vehicle stops for
too long, your vehicle will resume following only after confirmation.

Adaptive Cruise Control is mainly suitable when you drive long distances on dry, smooth, and
standard straight roads, such as motorways, expressways, and long straight main roads.
Warning

As a driving assist feature, Adaptive Cruise Control cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.

Adaptive Cruise Control controls the speed, but not the direction, of your vehicle.

You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Adaptive Cruise Control if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over
if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for Adaptive
Cruise Control, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility
for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed and complying with current traffic laws and
regulations.

Warning

The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:

• Relying solely on the system


• Using the feature in bad weather conditions
• Using the system in an environment where there are many pedestrians, bicycles or
animals
• Using the system on non-standardized roads
• Hands off the steering wheel
• Eyes off the road

Warning

As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Adaptive Cruise Control
has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by
Automatic Emergency Brake and normal driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on
Adaptive Cruise Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.

Adaptive Cruise Control may fail to stop your vehicle when its speed relative to the lead
vehicle is greater than 50 km/h. In this case, exit Adaptive Cruise Control immediately for
your safety. Do not rely Adaptive Cruise Control to bring your vehicle to a full stop following
the stationary vehicle or the lead vehicle in this situation.
Enabling Adaptive Cruise Control

1. : Activate or deactivate Adaptive Cruise Control

2. : Increase the cruise speed or resume Adaptive Cruise Control

3. : Increase the following distance

4. : Reduce the following distance

5. : Reduce the cruise speed

When the operating conditions are met, press on the left to activate Adaptive Cruise
Control.

Adaptive Cruise Control can be activated at a speed of 15-160 km/h with no vehicles in front,
or at 0-160 km/h with a vehicle in front.

• The cruise speed is set at 30 km/h when the vehicle speed is below 30 km/h.
• The cruise speed is set at the current speed when the vehicle speed is above 30km/h.

When activated, Adaptive Cruise Control maintains the set cruise speed when you release the
accelerator pedal.

• When there is a lead vehicle in front of you, Adaptive Cruise Control will adjust the
speed according to the speed and distance to the lead vehicle. The maximum speed
will not exceed the cruise speed.
• When there are no vehicles ahead, Adaptive Cruise Control will quickly adjust the
speed of your vehicle to the cruise speed.

When Adaptive Cruise Control is enabled, you can take over control of the vehicle quickly at
any time by fully pressing the brake pedal. In this case, Adaptive Cruise Control will cease
responding to the target vehicle and you will have full control of your vehicle. When you
release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle will return to the cruise speed.
When Adaptive Cruise Control accelerates the vehicle, the accelerator pedal does not move.
When Adaptive Cruise Control brakes the vehicle, the brake pedal moves.

If Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated by pressing or the brake pedal, it can be

reactivated by pressing and will resume the previously set cruise speed.

Five seconds after following the lead vehicle to a stop, Adaptive Cruise Control can be

activated again by pressing or the accelerator pedal. In this case, it will resume the
previously set cruise speed.

Note

Operating conditions for Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC):

• The trifocal camera and millimeter-wave radars are operating normally with a clear
field of view.
• All Adaptive Cruise Control components are free of faults
• Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, including:
o The driver is seated.
o The driver has fastened the seat belt.
o All doors are closed.
o The gear is shifted into DRIVE.
o The brake pedal is not pressed.
o Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System and Electronic Stability
Program are not triggered.
o Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not manually
disabled.
• The vehicle speed is no higher than 160 km/h.

Deactivating Adaptive Cruise Control


Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated in the following situations:

• The steering wheel button is pressed.


• The brake pedal is pressed.
• The driver continuously presses the accelerator pedal for about one minute to take
over control.
• The vehicle is stopped for more than five minutes.

Adaptive Cruise Control will also be deactivated when required conditions are not met. In this
case, you must take over the vehicle immediately.

When Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated, your vehicle may decelerate due to power
regeneration and no longer follow the lead vehicle.

Warning
Adaptive Cruise Control may be canceled suddenly due to unexpected circumstances. Please
always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.

Adjusting Cruise Speed


When Adaptive Cruise Control is activated:

• Press or on the steering wheel to change the cruise speed by +/- 1 km/h.

• Press and hold or on the steering wheel to change the cruise speed by +/- 5
km/h.

• Press the accelerator pedal and press to set the cruise speed to the current speed if
the current speed is greater than the set cruise speed, or to increase the cruise speed by
1 km/h if the current speed is less than the set cruise speed.

The maximum cruise speed you can set is 160 km/h.

The minimum cruise speed you can set is 30 km/h, but the system can follow the lead vehicle
to a full stop (0 km/h).

Warning

The maximum set speed is the theoretical top speed for Adaptive Cruise Control. When
enabling and setting Adaptive Cruise Control, please comply with traffic safety laws and
regulations, including but not limited to vehicle speed.

Adjusting the Time-Distance to the Lead Vehicle


When Adaptive Cruise Control is activated or awaiting activation, the following time-distance
can be set to one of five grades.

• Press to increase the following time-distance by one level.

• Press to decrease the following time-distance by one level.

Caution

When the time distance to the lead vehicle is set shorter, Adaptive Cruise Control will
respond more aggressively, which may cause a level of discomfort.

Warning

It is your responsibility to determine and maintain a safe following distance at all times. Do
not rely solely on Adaptive Cruise Control to maintain an accurate or appropriate following
distance.

Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster


1. The set cruise speed
2. The target lead vehicle
3. The following distance
4. Adaptive Cruise Control status icon
o Icon not shown: Adaptive Cruise Control cannot be activated as the required
conditions are not met
o Icon in gray: Adaptive Cruise Control is awaiting activation
o Icon in white: Adaptive Cruise Control is activated

If the digital instrument cluster displays the alert as shown above, it means that a safe distance
can no longer be guaranteed with the maximum deceleration that Adaptive Cruise Control can
exert and there may be a risk of collision. In this case, you must immediately take over control
of the vehicle.

Caution

Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Warning

If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and
take over immediately.

Lead Vehicle Start Alert


When Adaptive Cruise Control follows the lead vehicle to a full stop:

• If the lead vehicle starts, Adaptive Cruise Control will automatically start the vehicle
to follow. You need to ensure it is safe to follow the lead car to avoid any collisions.
• If the lead vehicle starts after five seconds, Adaptive Cruise Control automatically
starts the vehicle to follow. Before that, it will emit a sound to remind you.
• If the lead vehicle starts after five seconds and the system detects obstacles that may
affect driving, the digital instrument cluster will remind you that "The lead vehicle

started", and you need to ensure it is safe to follow the lead vehicle, and press or
press the accelerator pedal to reactivate Adaptive Cruise Control to follow.
• Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated if the lead vehicle remains stopped for more
than five minutes.

After following the lead vehicle to a full stop, Adaptive Cruise Control can only restart your
vehicle when a distance of over four meters is maintained.

Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect other vehicles or road users in all situations and may
be ineffective, inappropriate, or late due to multiple factors.

You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times and never rely on
Adaptive Cruise Control to start your vehicle to follow the lead vehicle. Otherwise, personal
injury or vehicle damage may be caused.

Smart Speed Assist

1. The indicator of the set cruise speed


2. For more details, refer to "Traffic Sign Recognition and Speed Limit Warning" in the
User Manual.

When the system detects that the speed limit information has changed and is over 10 km/h
higher than the set speed, the cruise speed indicator on the instrument cluster will flash for a
period of time. In this case, press the “Resume/+” button on the steering wheel to quickly
adjust the cruise speed to the newly detected speed limit.
When the system detects that the speed limit information has changed and is over 10 km/h
lower than the set speed, the cruise speed indicator on the instrument cluster will flash for a
period of time. In this case, press the “-” button on the steering wheel to quickly adjust the
cruise speed to the newly detected speed limit.

Caution

When the speed setting icon no longer flashes, short press the "Resume/+" or "–" button on
the steering wheel to change the cruise speed by +/–1 km/h. For details, refer to "Adjusting
Cruise Speed".

Warning

Intelligent Speed Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your
visual observation. Never rely solely on Intelligent Speed Assist to set the cruise speed and
vehicle speed. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions,
and drive at an appropriate and safe speed in compliance with applcable traffic laws and
regulations.

Overtaking Assist
When following the lead vehicle with Adaptive Cruise Control, if you engage the left turn
signal and turn the steering wheel to attempt to overtake the lead vehicle, Overtaking Assist
will assist you in accelerating with the maximum speed as the set cruise speed.

Operating conditions for Overtaking Assist:

• Adaptive Cruise Control is enabled and a lead vehicle is detected.


• The speed is over 50 km/h but not above the set cruise speed.
• There is no lane line or a dashed line on the target lane.
• A safe distance is kept between your vehicle and the lead vehicle.
• Hazard warning lights are off.
• Turn signals are operating correctly.

When the above-mentioned conditions are met, fully engage the left turn signal to activate
Overtaking Assist. When you turn the steering wheel left, Adaptive Cruise Control will
continue to maintain a safe distance to the lead vehicle, but allow you to get slightly closer
than the set distance. When changing lanes, Adaptive Cruise Control will accelerate the
vehicle without the accelerator pedal being pressed, but the maximum speed will not exceed
the set cruise speed.

Caution

Your vehicle may decelerate when Overtaking Assist is in operation due to the lead vehicle in
the current or target lane, which is highlighted on the digital instrument cluster.

Overtaking Assist is deactivated and Adaptive Cruise Control remains activated in the
following situations:

• The lane change is completed.


• Overtaking Assist is active for too long.
• The turn signal lever is toggled back before a lane change.

Caution

When the operating conditions for Adaptive Cruise Control are not met, Overtaking Assist
and Adaptive Cruise Control will cancel.

Caution

Overtaking Assist only assists in adjusting the vehicle's driving speed, and cannot control the
steering. You must manually control the steering at all times.

Caution

Overtaking Assist is unable to distinguish your intention to overtake from your intention to
turn left.

Warning

Overtaking Assist only detects the vehicle in front of you. In order to ensure your safety, you
must take the initiative to inspect your surroundings before and during the process of
overtaking.

Warning

When using Overtaking Assist, you should be aware of the possibility of sudden acceleration
or a lack of acceleration, and always be prepared to press or fully press the accelerator pedal
to take over. Do not rely solely on this feature to overtake other vehicles.

Warning

Overtaking Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations, including but not
limited to:

• Approaching a left-hand exit


• Driving on winding roads
• The front vehicle's status in the current or target lane changes suddenly, e.g. sudden
deceleration
• Obstacles to the side or rear of the vehicle

Overtaking Right Prevention


On motorways or elevated roads, if Adaptive Cruise Control detects that there is a vehicle to
your left front going faster than 85 km/h in the same direction, Overtaking Right Prevention
will be activated. The target vehicle will be highlighted on the instrument cluster, and
Adaptive Cruise Control will prevent the vehicle from overtaking the target vehicle. You can
adjust the following time-distance to the lead vehicle.

Overtaking Right Prevention is deactivated in the following situations:

• There is no target vehicle on the left front.


• The speed of the target vehicle is below 70 km/h.
• The accelerator pedal is pressed.
• Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated.

Warning

Disabling Overtaking On The Right may miss or incorrectly identify left front vehicles.
Disabling Overtaking On The Right cannot guarantee that the vehicle will not overtake on the
right. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions, be ready to
control the vehicle speed, and comply with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Precautions and Restrictions


In some situations, the camera system may fail to recognize obstacles, which may affect the
performance of or even cause the unintended deactivation of Adaptive Cruise Control with a
message that reads "Camera view limited. ACC deactivated" on the digital instrument cluster.
Such situations include but are not limited to:

• The position of the camera is changed.


• The camera is obstructed or stained.
• The performance of the camera is reduced at night.
• Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
• The view of the camera is interfered with large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
• The view of the camera is interfered with direct light.
• Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
• Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
• The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
• The road is wet.
In some situations, the radar system may fail to recognize obstacles, which may affect the
performance of or even cause the unintended deactivation of Adaptive Cruise Control. Such
situations include but are not limited to:

• Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape,
labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
• Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
• Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather which may impair radar
performance
• False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips or concrete
walls.

Adaptive Cruise Control will only respond to vehicles that meet certain conditions. Some
targets may not be recognized or responded to, including but not limited to:

• Vehicles crossing perpendicular to your vehicle


• Oncoming vehicles
• Bicycles, motorcycles, and tricycles

Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:

• Pedestrians
• Animals
• Traffic lights
• Walls
• Barriers
• Other non-vehicle objects

Caution

• This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at
night when the driver needs to pay extra attention, e.g. vehicles with a covered rear or
irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen
carriers.
• This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when
the driver needs to pay extra attention.

Recognition and response may be delayed if the target is not right in the front in some
situations, including but not limited to:

• Adaptive Cruise Control does not respond to targets that are in sensor blind spots. For
example, Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect targets in the blind spot at the corner
or on the side of the vehicle.
• When the vehicle is approaching or navigating a curve, the target may be incorrectly
selected or missed, resulting in unintended acceleration or deceleration.
• The target may be lost or the distance to the lead vehicle may be misjudged when the
vehicle is on a slope. Driving downhill will increase the vehicle speed so as to exceed
the cruise speed.
• When only a part of the vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of you (especially
large vehicles such as buses and trucks), the target may not be identified and trigger a
response. Therefore, you must immediately take over control.
• When your vehicle suddenly cuts behind the lead vehicle, or when other vehicles
abruptly cut in to or out of the lane in front of you, the target may not be promptly
identified. Therefore, you must immediately take over control.

Caution

• In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or
intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or
changing lanes).
• In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle's brakes when it is not necessary or
intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a
stationary target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
• When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the
current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time
for your safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.

Warning

This feature does not guarantee that the target can be accurately recognized in all situations.
Please take over promptly if you find that the target lead vehicle shown on the digital
instrument cluster does not match the actual situation. i.e.

• A vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows none.
• No vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows a vehicle.

We do not recommend using Adaptive Cruise Control in special or complex road conditions
which may affect the performance of or even cause the unintended deactivation of Adaptive
Cruise Control. Such conditions include but are not limited to:

• Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
• Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, motorway ramps, and
congested roads.
• Winding roads and sharp turns.
• Uphill or downhill roads.
• Bumpy roads.
• Narrow roads.
• Tunnel entrances and exits.
• Non-standard roads.
• Roads without center medians.
• Construction areas.

If the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is too high, the limited control
capabilities of Adaptive Cruise Control may be insufficient to promptly maintain the
appropriate distance in some situations, Such situations include but are not limited to:
• The front vehicle makes sudden moves (such as an abrupt turn, acceleration, or
deceleration).
• Other vehicles suddenly cut in or out of the lane in front of you.
• Your vehicle suddenly cuts behind a vehicle in front.
• Your vehicle rushes towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed.

Braking force may not be sufficient in some situations, Such situations include but are not
limited to:

• The brakes do not fully function (such as when brake components are too cold, hot, or
wet).
• Improper maintenance (such as excessive brake or tire wear, or abnormal tire
pressure).
• Driving on special roads (such as sloping roads or roads with water, mud, potholes,
snow, or ice).

• Enhanced Head-Up Display (HUD)

Enhanced Head-Up Display (HUD)


When driving, the Enhanced Head-Up Display shows your speed and other information on the
windshield above the digital instrument cluster.

Enhanced Head-Up Display can display the following information: speed, navigation
directions, traffic signs, cruise signs, and Autohold.

Caution

At certain angles, sunlight may lead to tiny bright specks on the windshield when refracted
and reflected by the front windshield and Heads-Up Display. These specks may disappear
with changes in light angle, driving direction, slope, etc.

When driving in the same direction for a long time, you can adjust the height of the Heads-Up
Display to get rid of these specks.

Setting Enhanced HUD


Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap Display > HUD to set this feature.

• Enable HUD
• Auto-Brightness
• Height

Set heights are automatically memorized by the system.

Parent topic: Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

Front Wipers
The front wipers clean the front windshield. You can set front wipers to different modes by
toggling the lever on the right of the steering wheel.

Toggle down the lever


Single wipe Front wipers wipe once
once
Toggle the lever to this
Off Front wipers are turned off
option
Intermittent Toggle the lever to this
Front wipers wipe intermittently
wipes option
Front wipers wipe continuously at a low Toggle the lever to this
Consecutive speed option
wipes Front wipers wipe continuously at a high Toggle the lever to this
speed option
When intermittent wipes is enabled, you can adjust the frequency with the speed switch on the
lever. Turn up for a higher frequency and down for a lower frequency.

Warning

In winter, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen and the ice or snow in front of the
windshield has been cleared before turning on the wipers.

Warning

Use sufficient washer fluid when wiping the windshield. Ensure that the windshield is wet
when wipers are in operation.

Front Windshield Cleaning


Pull the right lever towards you and hold, select to turn on front windshield cleaning and
set the front wipers to wipe at a low speed. Release the lever to stop spraying washer fluid.

Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap Driving > Cleaning Mode. Then, the wipers will wipe two more times.

Caution

To avoid damaging the washer pump, do not use the washer if the washer fluid is insufficient.

Warning

In bad weather conditions, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen or attached to the
windshield.

• Rain Sensor
• Rear Wiper and Washer

Rain Sensor
The rain sensor detects rainfall on the windshield and adjusts the wipers automatically.

Enabling/Disabling the Rain Sensor

Press the rain sensor button on the end of the right lever to enable the rain sensor. Press it
again or toggle the lever up and down to disable the sensor.

Caution

To avoid damage to the wipers, ensure that the rain sensor is disabled when entering an
automatic car wash machine.

Parent topic: Front Wipers

Rear Wiper and Washer


The rear wiper and washer clean the rear windshield. You can set the rear wiper to different
modes by toggling the lever to the right of the steering wheel.

Push the lever forward to wipe at a low speed.


Push the lever further forward and hold to spray washer fluid and wipe at a low speed.
Release the lever to stop spraying and keep wiping.

Pull the lever back to stop wiping.

Enabling/Disabling Rear Wiper in Reverse


Shifting into REVERSE when front wipers are turned on will turn on the rear wiper. Shifting
out of REVERSE will turn off the rear wiper.

When Auto Rear Wiper is enabled and the front wipers are turned on, the rear wiper operates
automatically when reversing.

Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap Driving > Auto Rear Wiper to enable this feature.

Parent topic: Front Wipers

Exterior Lights
Swipe right on the home page to visit Quick Access and tap Headlights to adjust exterior
lights.

Headlights on

Position lights on

Headlights is automatically turned on or off according to sensors.

Headlights off

• High Beam and Low Beam Headlights


• Turn Signals
• Fog Lights

High Beam and Low Beam Headlights


You can set the headlights on high beam or low beam with the light control lever on the left of
the steering wheel.
• Push the lever away from you and release to turn on Auto High Beam. Push the lever
again to turn on the high beams.
• Pull the lever towards you and release to turn off the high beams. To briefly flash the
high beams, pull the lever towards you.

Caution

Auto High Beams are only available when the headlights are set to Auto mode, or the feature
is turned on.

Auto High Beam


Your vehicle detects and monitors the headlights and taillights of vehicles in front of you and
street lights with the front camera. This allows the vehicle to intelligently turn off the high
beams when you overtake or pass other vehicles or enter well-lit areas to avoid dazzling other
road users. High beams will then be turned on again when there are no vehicles in front of you
or the surrounding area is dark.

• High beams on: dark environments without other vehicles or road users in front of
you.
• High beams off: bright environments or with other vehicles or road users in front of
you.

You can check the following information on the digital instrument cluster:
• Auto High Beam on

• High beams on

• Low beams on

Note

When Auto High Beams are activated, pull the lever towards you to turn on high beams
immediately. Releasing the lever will switch the headlights back to low beams and return
Auto High Beams to standby status.

Warning

As a driving assist feature, Auto High Beams cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions. The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for
driving safely and complying with current traffic laws and regulations.

Enabling/Disabling Auto High Beam

1. Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the

center display and tap Lights > Headlights to enable Auto High Beam.
2. Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Lights > Auto High Beam to enable or disable this feature.
3. Push the lever away from you and release to activate Auto High Beam. This feature
automatically switches between high beams and low beams when driving at over 40
km/h.
4. Push the lever again or pull it back to cancel Auto High Beam.

Auto High Beam may not automatically control the headlights in some situations, including
but not limited to:

• When turn signals are on.


• When the steering wheel is turned too fast.
• When navigating a sharp curve.
• When the wiper speed is set to maximum.
• When fog lights are on.

Warning

This feature may be impaired in heavy rain, snow, fog and other extreme weather conditions,
or when the camera is blocked. Please drive with caution.

Parent topic: Exterior Lights

Turn Signals

• Left: push the lever down


• Right: push the lever up

The turn signals stop operating when the steering wheel returns to the center position or the
lever is moved back to the center.

When a turn signal is operating, the corresponding icon lights up on the digital instrument
cluster with clicking sounds.

Parent topic: Exterior Lights

Fog Lights
Press the button on the end of the left lever to turn on the front and rear fog lights. Position
lights are automatically turned on when fog lights are on.
Sequence:

• First press: front fog lights on.


• Second press: rear fog lights on.
• Third press: rear fog ights off.
• Fourth press: front fog lights off.

Press again to repeat the sequence.

When fog lights are on, the corresponding icon is displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Parent topic: Exterior Lights

Driver Drowsiness Detection (DDD)


Driver Drowsiness Detection (DDD) uses a smart visual system to sense the driver’s level of
concentration during driving and reminds the driver to take a rest in time.

With Driver Drowsiness Detection enabled and its activation conditions met, if the driver is
distracted or drowsy, NOMI will remind the driver with facial expressions and voice prompts
according to the level of drowsiness, and the digital instrument cluster will also remind the
driver to stay focused.

Warning
Driver Drowsiness Detection cannot operate under all conditions and is only designed to
assist driving. The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely.

Therefore, it is of great importance that you pay attention when driving and take regular
breaks. When a driver is alerted or feels fatigued, they should adjust their behavior or pull
over safely as soon as possible to take a break.

Enable/Disable Driver Drowsiness Detection


Go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tap Driver Assist > Driver Drowsiness Detection to enable or disable the feature. You can
also enable or disable the feature by voice commands, such as "turn on/off driver drowsiness
detection", "turn on/off drowsiness detection", or "turn on/off DDD".

When the feature is enabled, it will be activated when the vehicle speed is at or above 22
km/h.

Go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tap Driver Assist > Driver Drowsiness Detection Sensitivity to select Low or High.

Personalized Calibration
A personalized calibration when the vehicle is in PARK is recommended during your first use
of this feature.

Go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tap Driver Assist > Personalized Calibration, including adjusting the rear-view mirror.
Please follow NOMI’s voice instructions and maintain the normal driving posture until the
NOMI prompts about the calibration completion. Then save the personalized calibration
results into the current user account.

The driver can recalibrate the system to update personalized settings. by using the voice
command "Recalibrate" and save the new personalized calibration results into the current
user account.
Once a calibration result is saved to the current account, if the driver or the position of the
rear-view mirror, driver’s seat, or steering wheel is changed, the accuracy of detection and
alert will be impaired. If you find that drowsiness detection is constantly inaccurate, you need
to recalibrate the feature so that the system will learn your customary posture when driving.

Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster


• Not activated

• Activated

• Level-one alert

• Level-two alert

• Level-three alert

Caution

The camera will not record or share any images, audio or videos.

Caution
When detection is abnormal due to factors such as the driver’s face being obstructed, the
system will turn off automatically after one minute. In this case, all personalized calibration
results will become invalid. If the system is reactivated, the driver will need to perform the
personalized calibration again.

Precautions and Restrictions


In some cases, Driver Drowsiness Detection may not detect the driver’s drowsiness or
distraction. In this case, the system may fail to give the corresponding alerts or may be
partially nonfunctional. Such situations include but are not limited to:

• At night or in a dark environment.


• Under direct and strong light, such as sunlight or the headlights of an oncoming car.
• The driver’s seat has been adjusted.
• The rear-view mirror or steering wheel has been adjusted.
• The rear-view mirror is obstructed by objects such as dash camera, films, or stickers.
• The driver’s eyes are covered by sunglasses, polarized glasses, or eyeglass frames.
• The driver is wearing accessories, such as a hat, scarf, or headscarf, that change the
contours of the head.
• The driver is wearing a mask.

In other cases, Driver Drowsiness Detection may still remind you to take a break while you
are not at all tired.

Range Assurance
The digital instrument cluster displays the power bar, battery percentage, remaining mileage,
and other high voltage battery information.

Caution

When the battery level is lower than 15%, the power bar will turns red and an alert will appear
on the digital instrument cluster.

Driving on Low Battery


When the battery level is lower than 10%, the discharge power of the high voltage battery is
restricted, which will impair vehicle performance and reduce the maximum speed. In this
case, the digital instrument cluster will remind you to charge the battery as soon as possible.

Driving at Low Temperatures


At temperatures around -30 °C, your vehicle can start and drive normally, but the
performance will be impaired due to the low temperature of the high voltage battery.
Traffic Sign Recognition and Speed Limit
Warning
Traffic Sign Recognition combines speed limit information from the navigation map with
speed limit signs recognized by the trifocal camera to help you observe the speed limit when
driving.

Speed Limit Warning alerts you when you exceed the speed limit.

Caution

For now, Traffic Sign Recognition only detects speed limit signs and does not respond to
other traffic signs.

Warning

Traffic Sign Recognition and Warnings is for your reference only, and cannot substitute your
visual inspection. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic Sign
Recognition.

Warning

As a driving assist feature, Traffic Sign Recognition and Warnings cannot handle all
situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to the
traffic conditions, road environment, and speed limit signs, and drive at an appropriate and
safe speed.

It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
comply with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)


1. Speed limit indicator:
o The speed limit indicator on the instrument cluster combines the speed limit
information from the navigation map with the speed limit signs recognized by
the trifocal camera.
o No speed limit information is displayed when neither speed limit information
source is available.
2. Supplementary indicator: if the current speed limit is also restricted by other
conditions, a supplementary indicator will also be displayed on the instrument cluster:
o : Trailer Mode
o : No Localization Services
o : Rainy Weather/Wet Road
o : Unclear Condition
o : Off Road
o : Showy Weather/Icy Road

Enabling/Disabling Speed Limit Warning


Enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and touch Driver Assist > Speed
Limit Warning to enable or disable the feature.

With this feature enabled, you can adjust the speed prompt:

• Speed Limit: when the current driving speed exceeds the speed designated on the
traffic sign.
• +5 km/h: when the current driving speed is 5 km/h higher than the speed designated
on the traffic sign.
• +10 km/h: when the current driving speed is 10 km/h higher than the speed designated
on the traffic sign.

When the driving speed exceeds the speed limit, the indicator will turn red; if the speed limit
information is from the traffic surveillance camera, the indicator will flash.

The speed prompt will stop after 10 seconds, or the current speed is lower than the speed
limit.

Caution

Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Precautions and Restrictions


Traffic Sign Recognition and Speed Limit Warning may fail to operate as intended or be
restricted in some situations, including but not limited to:

• The trifocal camera is obstructed.


• The map information is outdated or inaccurate.
• GPS data cannot be accessed.
• Road signs are faded, damaged, blocked, covered by ice, snow, or dust, or are along
curved roads.
• Multiple speed limit signs are in a line, or there are different speed limit signs on
adjacent lanes.
• Other unclear traffic signs may be misidentified by Traffic Sign Recognition as speed
limit signs.

Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane


Change Assist (LCA)
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist prevent your vehicle from colliding with
vehicles in adjacent lanes during lane changes, reducing the risk of accidents.

Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist are only activated when you are driving above
12 km/h.

Caution

The detection range of this function is 3.5 meters from the sides of the vehicle and 70 meters
from the rear.

Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap ADAS > Lane Change Assist, and then select an appropriate warning type.

When this feature is enabled and activated, the following visual reminder is shown on the
digital instrument cluster when a vehicle is approaching from behind.
When a vehicle is detected in the driver's blind spot or fast approaching from behind, a visual
alert is shown on the corresponding side mirror. In this case, if you toggle on the turn signal to
the corresponding side, you will be alerted not to change lanes in one of the following ways:

• Check lights
• Sound + Light

Caution

The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio
system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.

Caution

Information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and
cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

Caution

When you drive on a road with sharp curves, wide lanes or an uneven surface, Blind Spot
Detection and Lane Change Assist may not be able to warn you about vehicles in adjacent
lanes.

Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist may give false warnings in the following
situations:

• Driving near protective fences


• Driving on/under a bridge, or through a tunnel
• Driving besides bushes, trees, etc.
• When there are wire poles, street lights or low concrete walls along the road
• Driving near construction areas such as factory buildings, ports, etc.
• Driving on urban roads or multi-lane intersections

Warning

• Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud,
ice, metal plates, stickers, labels and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the
performance of the radars.
• If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure or
malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
• If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related
alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
• This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects,
and may have a delay or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians,
bicycles or skateboards.
• This features does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated
by certain metal fences, median strips or concrete walls.
• Heavy rain, snow, fog and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar
performance. Please drive with caution.
• Never use this feature in Tow Mode.

Digital Video Recorder (DVR)


It can be used to record videos during driving and also provide evidence for traffic accidents.

The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) function includes cyclic video recording and emergency
video recording.

The usage of DVR may result in a risk to the rights and freedoms of natural persons,
especially their right to privacy. You need to check your local laws and regulations to see the
extent to which you are permitted to use this feature. Please be aware that you can be held
liable for violation of local laws and regulations by using DVR.

Caution

DVR does not work when the vehicle is parked and powered off.

Caution

The Digital Video Recorder does not record audio.

Caution

The loop and emergency videos will not be uploaded to the cloud, but locally stored in the
vehicle only.

Caution
The faces and license plates recorded by the dash camera are protected by related privacy
laws as personal information.

Cyclic Video Recording


Go to the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, and tap Safety > Digital Video Recorder (DVR) to turn this function on or off.

• When the function is enabled, will be displayed at the top of the center display.
• When recording begins, will be displayed at the top of the center display.
• When the function is disabled, will be displayed at the top of the center display.

The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) can support continuous cyclic recording for up to 8 hours.
After 8 hours, the original video file will be overwritten. If you want to save specific
important video files, you can insert a storage device such as a USB flash drive, select the
required file and tap Edit > Transferto export the file manually.

When the Digital Video Recorder (DVR) function is enabled, the camera will be turned on
and continue to record cyclic videos until the video recording is terminated.

The cyclic video recordings will be stored in the Photos > Digital Video Recorder (DVR)
folder.

Emergency Video Recording


The emergency video recording function will cyclically record the video images in the
vehicle's memory. If the Autonomous Emergency Braking is triggered or the airbag is
deployed, the emergency video will be saved.

The emergency videos include videos recorded 30 seconds before the emergency and 60
seconds after the emergency. The emergency video recordings will be stored in the Photos -
Emergency Videofolder.

Quick Video Recording


When you encounter fun or thrilling scenes, you can save them in time through Quick Video
Recording to watch later.

Go to the Quick Access page by swiping right on the home page of the center display, tap
Quick Video Recording to start recording.

The quick video recording saves videos recorded 30 seconds before and 60 seconds after it is
triggered. The quick video recordings will be stored in the Photos - Emergency Videofolder.

Emergency Braking
If the brake pedal malfunctions, you can activate Emergency Braking by pressing the PARK
button, which will bring the vehicle to a stop as soon as possible under normal circumstances.

• Press and hold the PARK button to activate Emergency Braking.


• Release the PARK button or press the accelerator pedal to cancel Emergency Braking.
To reactivate the feature, press the button again.

Caution

Only activate Emergency Braking in emergency situations where the brake pedal
malfunctions or is stuck.

Warning

When driving in winter, or on roads with sharp curves or uneven surfaces, activating
Emergency Braking may cause the vehicle to drift or slip. Please drive with caution.

Navigating to Parking Space with Charger


Search for a power swap station on the map or select one in the Charging Assist:

• If within the service range of the station, tap to order;


• If outside the service range, navigate to the station. The order will be automatically
placed when you approach the station.

Caution

• The locations of your vehicle and the NIO app are checked during order placement.
An order cannot be placed successfully unless your vehicle is within 200m of the
power swap station.
• In the event of an order placement failure due to unavailable vehicle network, please
try again after the network resumes or consult the field specialist.
• Please read the Agreement and Disclaimer before placing an order.

When the order is placed, a Power Swap No. will be generated for queuing. You can check
the charging status, your position in the queue, and estimated wait time on the order page of
the NIO app or the center display.

When the vehicle in front completes the power swap and leaves the station, you will get
notified to pull in for a power swap. Tap "Activate Power Swap" on the center display to start
parking.

Caution

• Please wait for your turn near the power swap station and pay attention to the queuing
status on your center display or NIO app. If you miss your turn, please contact the
field specialist in time.
• If you have to leave the power swap station for some reason, please pay attention to
the queuing status on the NIO app or cancel the order in time.
• Please avoid the lane in front of the station when waiting for power swap.

Parking into Station


Tap "Activate Power Swap" and drive into the start area of the station as instructed on the
center display at a speed lower than 18 km/h.

Caution

• A high speed may cause positioning detection failure. Please keep the speed below 18
km/h.
• Please drive as instructed by the arrows on the ground and avoid vehicles and
pedestrians around.
• If positioning detection fails, please contact the field specialist to take over your
vehicle and manually reverse for power swap.

In the start area, press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle when the instrument cluster and
NOMI prompt that the positioning is completed. Wait for the positioning detection.

Make sure to buckle up and close the doors while waiting in the start area.
Tap "Start Parking" and start driving into the station as instructed when "Release the brake
pedal and the steering wheel" appears on the center display.

• If the parking is paused due to an obstacle, the process will resume when the obstacle
is removed.

• If the parking is paused when the brake pedal is pressed accidentally, you can resume
the process manually after confirming that the surroundings are clear of obstacles.
If the parking cannot be resumed, select "Cancel Parking" and exit your vehicle. The field
specialist will manually swap the power for you.

After the vehicle is parked in place, follow the instructions on the center display for the power
swap.
Caution

Before or during parking into the power swap station, please always pay attention to your
surroundings to confirm that there are no passing vehicles, pedestrians, children, etc. and
ensure parking safety.

Please do not take over the accelerator pedal, unbuckle the seat belt, leave the driver’s seat, or
open the door during parking into the power swap station.

Starting/Ending Power Swap

Power swap can be started with one tap after the vehicle is parked in place. Please carefully
read the instructions on the center display and tap "Start Power Swap".

Your vehicle will automatically enter the Power Swap Mode and the center display will go
off.

Warning
If your vehicle is not parked in place or failed to be automatically adjusted, please adjust your
vehicle as instructed by the field specialist.

The windows or air conditioning cannot be adjusted during the power swap. Please adjust
them to proper positions in advance.

During the power swap, it is normal that the vehicle jerks slightly with some noise and some
warning lights are on temporarily.

During the process, do not try to open any door, shift gears, press the brake pedal, or perform
other actions, which may cancel the power swap abnormally.

When the power swap is completed, the center display will light up with a prompt and the
indicator in the station will turn green. You can then drive out of the station.

Caution

Please pay attention to any vehicles or pedestrians in front for safety before exiting the power
swap station.

Parking Assist
Parking Assist monitors the surroundings of the vehicle using ultrasonic sensors when the
vehicle is driving at a low speed to help you park safely.

In the parking process, audio and visual alerts are emitted to indicate the distance between the
front or rear of your vehicle and the obstacle.

Distance Audio alert frequency Visual alert color


1.2-1.5 m None White
0.9-1.2 m Once per second White
0.6-0.9 m Twice per second Orange
0.3-0.6 m Three times per second Orange
Less than 0.3 m High-frequency beeps Red
Warning

Parking Assist serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual observation.

As a driving assist feature, Parking Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather
and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make
your own decision on whether to use Parking Assist only after your safety is ensured.

It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
comply with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Enabling/Disabling Parking Assist


You can enable Parking Assist in the following ways:

• Swipe right on the home page to visit Quick Access and tap Surround Viewto enable
this feature.
• Enter the application launcher and touch Parking Camera.
• Shift into REVERSE.

You can tap the upper right of the interface to turn off the audio alert.

Caution

Parking Alert will be automatically canceled when your vehicle is in PARK or moving faster
than 18 km/h.

Caution

The range of the vehicle's front and rear detection cannot exceed 150 centimeters.

Warning

Obstacles that are located in the area around the doors on both sides of the vehicle cannot be
detected.

Warning

The vehicle may provide prompts such as "Front parking radar fault", "Rear parking radar
fault", "Parking radar system fault", and other information due to ultrasonic sensors being
restricted in certain situations, including but not limited to:

• One or more ultrasonic sensors being damaged, misplaced, or blocked (by mud, ice or
snow).
• Rain, snow, fog, haze or other bad weather affecting the performance of the ultrasonic
sensors.
• The sensors receiving interference from other electronic equipment or devices.

Warning

Ultrasonic sensor detection may be restricted for certain obstacles, including obstacles that are
low or narrow, or which come from the top or side of the vehicle. In these cases, you should
always pay attention to your surroundings. Failure to do so may result in property damage or
personal injury. These obstacles include but are not limited to:

• Pedestrians, children, and animals


• Open parking locks, low stone blocks, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects,
potholes, etc.
• Height restriction barriers, height bars, or suspended structures
• Obstacles on the side of the vehicle's body that may cause a collision or scratches
• Bicycles, corners of walls and square columns in parking lots, etc.

Side Distance Indication System (SDIS)


Side Distance Indication System monitors the road ahead through ultrasonic sensors when the
vehicle is driving at a low speed. When an obstacle is close to the vehicle, the Parking Camera
is automatically activated to help with parking or driving on narrow roads.

Warning

Side Distance Indication System serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual
observation.

As a driving assist feature, Side Distance Indication System cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road
conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Side Distance Indication System if
it is safe.

It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
comply with applicable traffic laws and regulations.

Enabling/Disabling Side Distance Indication System


Side Distance Indication System can be enabled or disabled by the setting button on the
Parking Camera interface.

The Parking Camera is activated automatically when the following conditions are all met:

• The vehicle is in DRIVE.


• The speed does not exceed 18 km/h.
• There are obstacles in any of the front areas at a distance from the vehicle as in the
following table.

Area Distance
1 Within 50 cm
2 Within 60 cm
3 Within 80 cm

You can tap the upper right of the interface to turn off the audio alert.

Automatic Deactivation of the Parking Camera


• The Parking Camera interface will be automatically closed after 4.5 seconds since you
have passed the obstacle.
• After the Parking Camera interface is opened, pinch with five fingers to exit the
interface. This will disable the Side Distance Indication System for three minutes,
after which it will be enabled again.
• If you want to re-enable Side Distance Indication System within 3 minutes, simply
increase your speed to above 18 km/h. When the operating conditions are met again,
the Parking Camera will be automatically activated.

Surround View Plus


This feature enables you to easily see the road conditions in the vehicle as if your vehicle
chassis turned transparent, by taking the road images in advance with cameras and
transmitting them to the center display in the vehicle.

You can enable this feature in the Parking Camera Settings interface.

Caution

The Dynamic Transparent Chassis cannot detect possible environmental changes under the
chassis when the vehicle is stationary. Please drive with caution and always pay attention to
your surroundings to avoid damage to the vehicle.

Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist (S-APA)


with Fusion
Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion) detects lines on the road
or a parking space between two vehicles with surround view cameras and ultrasonic sensors
to help you park.

S-APA with Fusion works for parallel and perpendicular parking, but not for angled or 3D
parking.
Caution

If a surround view camera fault or abnormal calibration occurs, Shiftless Automatic Parking
Assist can still be used, but the system can only identify parking spaces between two parked
vehicles with ultrasonic sensors and cannot identify parking space line markings.

Warning

Do not use Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist on roads which are sloped or uneven.

Warning

The performance of Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist depends on the capabilities of the
surround view camera and ultrasonic sensors to detect and identify the environment.

Warning

You should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, and animals near your vehicle, and
other fine, pointed, low or suspended obstacles undetected by the ultrasonic sensors, such as
parking locks, low stone blocks, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects, corners of walls,
and square columns in parking lots, etc.

Warning

As a driving assist feature, Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist cannot handle all situations in
all traffic, weather and road conditions.

You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist if it is safe.

You should always be ready to take over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or
the vehicle are not suitable for Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist, or there are other unsafe
factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for parking safely and complying with
current traffic laws and regulations.

Enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion


Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion works as follows:
1. Search for a parking space: Go to the dual-view image interface and enable parking
space search. Drive slowly forward at or below 18 km/h and stop the vehicle when the
digital instrument cluster shows that a parking space is found. Brake the vehicle and
select a safe and appropriate parking space.
2. Park the vehicle: After selecting a safe and appropriate parking space, start parking
following the instructions on the screen. You need to continuously pay attention to
your surroundings to ensure that the process is safe.
3. Complete parking. The dual-view image interface displays "Parking completed".

The detailed operation procedure is as follows:

1. Search for a parking space.

When searching for a parking space, the vehicle should meet the following conditions:

o The speed is below 18 km/h.


o The vehicle is in DRIVE.
o All doors are closed.
o The driver is seated.
o Adaptive Cruise Control/Pilot is disabled.
o The ultrasonic sensors and surround view cameras function normally with a
clear view.
o The system is operating properly.
o Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System, and Electronic Stability
Program are not triggered.
o Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not disabled.

When the above conditions are met, you can enable parking space search in one of the
following ways:

o When the parking camera is not on, tell NOMI "I want to park" to go to the
dual-view image interface and start parking space search.
o Swipe right on the home page of the center display to open the Quick Access
interface. Then, tap S-APA with Fusion to enter the dual-view image interface
and start parking space search.
o Tap Parking Camera to go to the 360° surround view interface, switch to the

dual-view image interface, and tap in the upper-left corner to start parking
space search.

After starting parking space search, maintain a distance of 0.5-1.5 meters between
your vehicle and the target parking space and drive forward at or below 18 km/h to
search for a parking space.
When a white letter "P" is displayed on the left or right side of the My Vehicle icon
during a parking space search, it indicates a parking space on the corresponding side
has been found. If the white letter "P" appears on both sides of the icon, it indicates
parking spaces have been found on both sides.

In this case, stop the vehicle and confirm that the parking space is safe and
appropriate. If there are multiple parking spaces available, you can manually select
one on the dual-view image interface.

Note

After the vehicle starts searching a parking space, if you shift into REVERSE and
backup the vehicle, it will continue searching.

Caution

When the vehicle's speed is above 18 km/h, the parking space search will be
automatically canceled.

Caution

When searching for parking spaces, parking may not be successful if the vehicle's
direction has significantly deviated from the direction of the road.

Caution

Parking spaces on narrow roads or spaces that are too narrow may not be selected due
to a lack of space, such as parking spaces with columns, parking spaces with short
parking distance, or narrow parking spaces.

Warning

You must always check and confirm if the detected parking space is safe and suitable
for parking. Do not rely solely on Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist to search for
suitable parking spaces. The system may misidentify parking spaces on roads, at
entrances, in bushes, etc. You need to determine if the parking space is suitable.
Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist cannot determine if the detected parking space is
legal. You need to confirm if the space is permitted for parking before starting to park.

2. Park the vehicle

After a safe and appropriate parking space is selected, fasten your seat belt and release
the steering wheel and the brake pedal as instructed to proceed to S-APA with Fusion.
During the parking process, the interface displays the current gear and the remaining
distance in the current gear for your reference. You need to continuously pay attention
to your surroundings to ensure that the process is safe.

After a parking space is selected, tap the parking space again before releasing the
brake pedal to deselect the current parking space.

When the vehicle is parked in the selected parking space, the letter "P" on one side of
the My Vehicle icon will turn green on the digital instrument cluster.

When S-APA with Fusion is activated, the turn signal for the target parking space will
be turned on.

Caution

Please only release the brake pedal when you receive the prompt “Release the brake
pedal and the steering wheel” on the center display. Otherwise, Shiftless Automatic
Parking Assist will cancel and the vehicle will move backwards.

Warning
Before releasing the brake pedal, make sure that your hands and arms do not interfere
with the steering wheel to avoid any injuries caused by its rapid movement. When
parking, always be prepared to apply the brakes to cancel the process or take over.

Warning

Parking in a narrow parking space may affect the performance of the sensors, which
can increase the risk of damaging the vehicle or surrounding objects.

Warning

You are responsible for driving safely. Always pay attention to your surroundings
when parking, ensure that the parking process is safe, and be prepared to take over at
any time. In particular, you should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, or
animals near your vehicle, and other fine, pointed, low, or suspended obstacles the
ultrasonic sensors may not be able to detect.

The center display only shows available parking spaces that Shiftless Automatic
Parking Assist is capable of parking in, which are subject to both the size of the
parking space and its surroundings. If you spot any obstacles that suddenly appear
around the car while parking, take over immediately as the system may not apply the
brakes in time.

3. Complete parking

When the dual-view image interface reads "Parking completed", parking is completed
and the letter "P" on one side of the icon of your vehicle in the instrument cluster will
turn green.
After parking, you may need to make further adjustments to ensure that your vehicle is
in the optimal parking position.

Before leaving your vehicle, please ensure that the Electric Parking Brake is on and
the gear is shifted into PARK.

Caution

Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist may finish earlier due to the surroundings. In this
case, you may need to adjust the vehicle's position manually.

Pause Parking
You can pause a parking operation by pressing the brake pedal.

When the vehicle is backing vertically into the parking space in the S-APA with Fusion
Mode, the system will pause the parking if it detects any safety risks or finds it unable to
ensure the parking result, and will request you to confirm whether to continue with the
parking.

To resume the parking, you need to check your surroundings to make sure it is safe to park,
release the brake pedal, and tap "Resume parking" on the center display.

Caution

Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.

Canceling Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist


You can manually cancel parking. After canceling S-APA, immediately take over control of
speed and steering. S-APA is canceled in the following ways:

• Press the brake pedal and shift gears.


• Tap "Cancel parking" on the dual-view image interface after parking is paused.
• Close the dual-view image interface.
• Swipe the reminder on the screen upward.

In addition, S-APA is canceled in the following situations and you must immediately take
over control:

• The vehicle is too close to obstacles.


• The accelerator pedal is pressed.
• The speed is above 9 km/h.
• The hood, tailgate, or any door is open.
• The Electric Parking Brake is on.
• Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System, or Electronic Stability Program
is triggered.
• The driver unfastens the seat belt or leaves the seat.
• The parking operation is paused for more than 30 seconds.
• The parking operation is paused too many times.
• Too many back and forth adjustments are made.
• Parking times out.
• The system has a fault.
• The driver interferes with steering wheel movement.

When S-APA with Fusion is canceled unintentionally, the letter "P" on the instrument cluster
will be in red.

Precautions and Restrictions


Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may fail to operate as intended in some road
conditions, including but not limited to:

• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion on inclined or sloped roads.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is only for level roads.
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion on uneven roads or steps.
S-APA with Fusion is only for flat surfaces.
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when there is water, mud,
potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the curb is made of
special material or cannot be detected. Otherwise, improper parking may lead to
damage to the tire rim. In such cases, immediately take over control.

Ultrasonic sensor detection may not fully function for certain obstacles, and you must be
prepared to take over control at any time. Failure to do so may result in property loss or
personal injury. Such obstacles include but are not limited to:

• Pedestrians, children, and animals


• Thin, pointed, low-hanging obstacles, such as parking locks, low stone blocks, low
cylinders, short thin rods, and sharp objects
• Corners of walls or columns in parking lots

Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may fail to operate at all or as intended due to
the limitations of ultrasonic sensors in some situations, including but not limited to:

• One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, mispositioned, or blocked (by mud, ice,
or snow).
• Rain, snow, fog, haze, or other weather conditions that affect the performance of
ultrasonic sensors.
• The sensors suffer interference from other electronic equipment or devices.

Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may fail to operate at all or as intended due to
the limitations of surround view cameras in some situations, including but not limited to:

• The surround view cameras are mispositioned due to damage to the left or right side
mirror or the front or rear end of the vehicle.
• The surround view cameras are stained (by dirt, ice, or snow) or obstructed.
• There is strong sunlight or dappled shade of trees.
• There is poor lighting (darkness), severe reflection on the road surface, or poor
visibility (due to rain, snow, or fog).
• The parking space is too narrow or wide, or is tiled.
• The parking space lines are damaged, unclear, covered, or overlapping.
• There is a round or square pillar near the parking space.
• The parking space is on a corner.
• The system may fail to exclude parking spaces with no parking lines, traffic cones, a
no parking sign or parking space lock, or private parking spaces.
• The system may fail to exclude parking spaces with obstacles, such as pedestrians,
bicycles, tricycles, short objects, or bricks.

Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may fail to operate as intended in some
vehicle conditions, including but not limited to:

• S-APA with Fusion may fail to operate as intended in some road conditions, including
but not limited to:
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when a trailer is connected
to the rear of the vehicle.
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the vehicle is fitted with
snow chains or spare tires.
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if loaded goods protrude
from the vehicle.
• Non-original tires or low tire pressure can affect wheel maneuvers. Ensure that your
tires are original and the tire pressure is normal before enabling S-APA with Fusion.

Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may fail to operate as intended in some
parking space conditions, including but not limited to:
• When the target parking space is close to roadside fences, high walls, street lights,
trees, bushes, pillars, these obstacles may affect the parking result and even cause
vehicle damage.
• Parking may be affected when the target parking space is on a curve.
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion for angled parking.
• Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when there is a parking
space lock, traffic cone, shopping cart, lamp pole, or other obstacles in the target
parking space.

Some conditions may cause poor visibility. Do not use S-APA in conditions including but not
limited to:

• One of the two side mirrors is blurred, damaged, or in an abnormal position.


• The surround view cameras are blurred, damaged, or in abnormal positions.
• Visibility is poor due to bad weather (such as rain, snow, fog, or haze).
• Visibility is poor at night or due to insufficient light.

Do not repeatedly use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion in some situations,
including but not limited to:

• High-speed driving or multiple parking operations may trigger overheat protection for
the steering system. Do not use S-APA repeatedly for an extended period.

Side Mirror Auto-Tilt


When you shift into REVERSE, the side mirrors tilt down for a better viewing angle of the
two sides of the vehicle.

Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap Driving > Auto-Tilt When Reversing to enable or disable this feature.

Powering Off
When you reach your destination and shift into PARK, the parking brake automatically

engages. At this time, is displayed on the digital instrument cluster, indicating that
Electric Parking Brake is on.

When you lock the vehicle from the outside, it powers off automatically and turns off the
center display and instrument cluster.
You can shift into PARK as follows:

• Press the PARK button to the side of the gear selector on the center console.
• Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Driving > Electric Parking Brake .

When is displayed on the digital instrument cluster, the braking system is not functioning
properly. In this case, please drive with caution and promptly contact NIO.

Warning

Ensure that the vehicle is in PARK before you get out of the vehicle. Failure to do so may
cause injury or damage if the vehicle moves.

Closing Windows
Quick Window Controls
You can quickly adjust your windows with the following settings:

• Close:Fully close all four windows.


• Ajar: Open the left front window and right rear window by 10%.
• Open:Fully open all four windows.
• Memory: Save the current window positions. Press and hold to reset the memory.

• Privacy Glass

Privacy Glass
The rear windows of your car are made of privacy glass to ensure your privacy. When the rear
windows are closed, the backseats are not visible from the outside.

Parent topic: Closing Windows


Side Door Open Warning (SDO)
The Side Door Open Warning prevents you or the passenger from colliding with other
vehicles in adjacent lanes when opening the door and exiting.

Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap ADAS > Side Door Open Warning to enable or disable this feature.

When enabled, the vehicle alerts you by:

• Turning the ambient lighting to red.


• Displaying icons on the side mirrors.
• Emitting audio alerts.
• Displaying “Mind the traffic behind” on the instrument cluster

Note

The detection range for this feature is 2.5 meters from the outermost side of the vehicle and
70 meters from the rear. The maximum driving speed that can be detected is 70 km/h.

Caution

This feature only activates when the driver is present and a door is open.

Caution

The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio
system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.

Warning

• Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud,
ice, metal plates, stickers, labels and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the
performance of the radars.
• If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure or
malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
• If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related
alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
• This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects,
and may have a delay or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians,
bicycles or skateboards.
• This features does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated
by certain metal fences, median strips or concrete walls.
• Heavy rain, snow, fog and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar
performance. Please drive with caution.
• Never use this feature in Tow Mode.

Locking From the Outside


Before leaving the vehicle, you need to lock the vehicle with the smart key fob.

When all doors are closed, press the lock button on the smart key fob to lock the vehicle. If
successful, the turn signals flash once and the horn honks once to indicate that the vehicle is
locked. To enable/disable the lock confirmation sound, enter the Settings page from the
leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Sounds > Ringer
& Alerts > Lock Confirmation Sound.

Caution

When the key fob battery is low, use the emergency key to lock the driver’s door. All other
doors will be locked at the same time.

When the driver's side door is closed and the passenger's side door is opened, you can press
the lock button on the smart key fob outside the vehicle to lock the vehicle. When all the
doors are closed, the turn signals flash once and the horn honks once to indicate that the
vehicle is locked.

Note

After closing the driver’s door and locking the vehicle, if you accidentally leave the smart key
fob in the vehicle when closing another door then the anti-lockout feature will activate
automatically. In this case, the vehicle will unlock automatically, the turn signals will flash
three times, and the horn will honk three times.

When the vehicle is in PARK, enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display and tap Locks > Auto Window Close. In this case, when
you lock the vehicle from the outside (using key fob, NFC or mobile app, without a key, or
via Walk-Away Lock), all the windows and the sunroof will close automatically with anti-
pinch protection engaged. When the windows and the sunroof are closing, if you press the
lock button on the key fob or mobile app, the windows and sunroof will stop closing.

Note

• When turning on Auto Window Close, please ensure the vehicle is locked.
• For occupants’ safety, when a front seat is occupied, if the vehicle is locked, the
windows and the sunroof will not close. Please do not leave occupants or pets in the
locked vehicle.
• If the vehicle is locked while a window is rising, the window will stop rising. In this
case, unlock the vehicle first, then lock the vehicle again, and the windows will close
automatically.

• Keyless Locking
• Walk-Away Lock
• Locking with the NIO App
• Locking With NFC

Keyless Locking
When you carry an authenticated smart key fob (in your pocket or bag), you can lock the
vehicle by pressing the rear end of any exterior door handle.

Note

When locking the vehicle without a key, you should put the vehicle in PARK, and ensure all
doors, hood and liftgate are closed.

If the key fob is left in the vehicle or a door is open (including the hood or the liftgate), the
vehicle cannot be locked by pressing the rear end of an exterior door handle. In this case, the
horn honks to remind you to take the key fob with you or close the open door.

Caution

When locking the vehicle without a key, avoid pressing too hard on the exterior door handle.

Parent topic: Locking From the Outside

Walk-Away Lock
The vehicle automatically locks when you are around 8-10 meters away from the vehicle and
carrying an authenticated key fob. When the vehicle is locked by Walk-Away Lock, the horn
honks, the turn signals flash, and the side mirrors fold automatically if Auto-Fold is enabled.

Walk-Away Lock is set to off by default. To turn on/off the Walk-Away Lock, enter the
Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and
tap Locks > Walk-Away Lock. Please only use Walk-Away Lock in familiar and safe areas.
After Walk-Away Lock is turned on, be sure to carry an authenticated smart key fob with you
and check that the vehicle is successfully locked as you walk away.

Warning

• When Walk-Away Lock is turned on, ensure that no child or pet is left in the vehicle
so as to avoid any accidents.
• When using Walk-Away Lock, please ensure the vehicle is locked via the lock sound
or visual checks (headlights, side mirrors or the NIO app), so as to protect the property
inside your vehicle.
• When there is another authenticated smart key fob in the vehicle or any other
condition for locking is not met (such as a door, the hood, or the liftgate not being
closed or turning Walk-Away Lock off on the center display), Walk-Away Lock will
fail.
• Please do not place your smart key fob close to a mobile phone, Bluetooth headset, or
other communication devices. Otherwise, the vehicle may be locked by mistake due to
signal interference.
• Equipment with a strong magnetic field such as DC chargers or high voltage
substations may interfere with the smart key fob’s signal, which may lock the vehicle
by mistake in certain cases. It is recommended to carry your smart key fob with you to
avoid any inconvenience caused by the unintended locking of the vehicle.

Parent topic: Locking From the Outside

Locking with the NIO App


You can remotely unlock the doors when you are still away from the vehicle by tapping
Doors in My Car on NIO app.

To lock the doors on the NIO app, ensure that the following conditions are met:

1. The user must be the vehicle's owner or a user authorized by the owner.
2. The vehicle is in PARK and all doors are closed.
3. The vehicle is connected to the Internet.

Note

If you are unable to lock the doors using the NIO app, please contact NIO for assistance.

Parent topic: Locking From the Outside


Locking With NFC
When the vehicle is in PARK and the doors, hood, and liftgate are closed, you can lock the
vehicle using the NFC card or .

Place the NFC card close to the NFC detection zone on the driver’s side B pillar and hold it
for 10 seconds to lock the vehicle automatically. If successful, the door handles will retract
automatically with a locking sound.

Caution

• The NFC's detection range is less than 10 millimeters. It is recommended to place


your mobile phone or NFC card near the NFC detection area for a short period of time
to lock the vehicle.
• After locking the vehicle via NFC, you can still unlock it using other methods (e.g.
your smart key fob or emergency key). We recommend carrying your smart key fob
with you.
• Please keep your NFC card safe. Protect it from impact, bending, high temperatures,
strong vibration and damage from liquids.
• You cannot use the NFC feature during vehicle updates. Please carry the smart key fob
with you to lock the vehicle.

Parent topic: Locking From the Outside

Locking From the Inside


When the vehicle is unlocked and all doors are closed, you can lock the vehicle from the
inside by pressing the central lock. After locking, a Vehicle Locked icon appear on the center
display and the button turns green
• Drive-Away Lock

Drive-Away Lock
The vehicle automatically locks while driving.

If the vehicle is unlocked and all doors, hood, and liftgate are closed, the vehicle is locked
automatically while driving at a speed over 15 km/h.

Note

Drive Away Locking will only be activated once the vehicle transitions from being stationary
to moving.

Parent topic: Locking From the Inside

Anti-Theft Alarm System


After the vehicle is locked (including the hood and liftgate) from the outside with the smart
key fob, NIO app, NFC key or emergency key, the anti-theft alarm system is activated
automatically.

When someone tries to open the door without carrying an authenticated smart key fob (or
carries one without a valid authorization), the anti-theft alarm will be triggered. At this time,
the turn signals flash and the horn honks. You can unlock the vehicle from the outside with
the smart key fob, NIO app or NFC key to deactivate the anti-theft alarm.

Caution

If the key fob’s battery is low and you need to unlock the vehicle with the emergency key,
please place the key fob level on the front cup holder next to the center console within 15
seconds and ensure the button on the side of the key fob is facing the rear of the vehicle. Next,
sit in the driver’s seat and close the driver’s side door or press the brake pedal. Otherwise, the
anti-theft alarm will be activated.
Emergency Locking
When you are unable to lock the vehicle from the outside with one of the aforementioned
methods, you can use the emergency key to lock the driver's door. All other doors will be
locked at the same time.

Caution

Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.

To use the emergency key:

1. Push the front end of the exterior handle on the driver’s door.

2. Pull the door handle and insert the emergency key into the lock. Rotate the key
counterclockwise to lock the driver's door.
When the 12V battery level is low, only the driver's side door will be locked by the
emergency key. If you want to lock the other doors, you can toggle the switch at the keyhole
down and close the door to lock it. In this case, the door cannot be opened from outside.

Exterior Rearview Mirror Auto Folding


When your vehicle is locked from the outside, the exterior rearview mirrors can be folded
automatically. They will extend automatically the next time the driver is seated in the driver
seat (the driver's door needs to be closed or the brake pedal depressed).

You can set the automatic folding of the exterior rearview mirrors to be turned on by going to
the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display
and tapping Driving > Rearview Mirrors > Auto-Fold Mirrors After Locking.

If you want to fold the exterior rearview mirrors manually through the knob, your vehicle
speed must be below 40 km/h, and the manual operation of the knob is required to resume the
deployment of the exterior rearview mirrors.

• Side Mirror Manual Fold and Heating


• Auto-Dimming Rear-View Mirror

Side Mirror Manual Fold and Heating


When driving on narrow roads (at below 40 km/h), you can manually fold or unfold the side
mirrors. The side mirrors are equipped with a heating feature to quickly dry rain or snow on
them.

1. Folding side mirrors

Turn the side mirror knob to the folding position to fold the side mirrors, and turn the
knob to other positions to unfold them.

2. Controlling side mirror heating

Turn the knob to the heating position from another position to turn on the side mirror
heating. The heating will not be turned on if the knob stays in the heating position.

The side mirror heating automatically turns off after 30 minutes.

Parent topic: Exterior Rearview Mirror Auto Folding

Auto-Dimming Rear-View Mirror


When the driver's seat is occupied, the rear-view and side mirrors feature auto-dimming (not
available when the vehicle is in PARK or the front reading lights are on) to reduce the glare of
headlights from vehicles behind you.

When the driver's seat is occupied, the rear-view features auto-dimming (not available when
the vehicle is in PARK or the front reading lights are on) to reduce the glare of headlights
from vehicles behind you.

Parent topic: Exterior Rearview Mirror Auto Folding

Charging Instructions
You can charge the vehicle before leaving it. In order to maintain the vehicle in good
condition, please promptly charge the vehicle when the battery level is low.
Caution

The vehicle can only be charged in PARK. It cannot be charged in DRIVE or REVERSE, or
during software updates.

The charge port is on the right side of the vehicle. The vehicle can be charged in two ways:

1. By standard charging (AC), which takes a longer time to charge the vehicle.
2. By fast charging (DC), which takes a shorter time to charge the vehicle.

Warning

• To avoid accidents, do not charge the vehicle near any flammable gases or liquids and
make sure to charge the vehicle in a ventilated area.
• During charging, stay a safe distance from the charger to avoid any risks due to high
voltage. Do not touch the charging connector’s metal pins or the charge port. Doing so
may result in injury.
• Minors are prohibited from using the charging equipment or approaching it during
charging.
• Charging equipment which shows signs of damage, rust, moisture or foreign matter
should not be used for charging the vehicle.
• Unauthorized modification or disassembly of the charging connector or equipment is
prohibited.
• Please use charging equipment that complies with local standards when charging the
vehicle. Otherwise, it may result in a charging failure or cause damage to the vehicle,
the charging equipment, or personal injury.
• Do not charge the vehicle in heavy rain or extreme weather conditions. Doing so may
result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging
equipment.
• Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for
any deformation, burn marks, or erosion. If any abnormality is found, do not charge
the vehicle. Otherwise, it may result in damage to the vehicle, the charging device, or
personal injury. Please contact NIO if necessary.
• Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for
any dirt or foreign matter. The connector should be kept clean and failure to do so may
result in a charging failure or damage to the vehicle’s charge port.
• If the charging equipment malfunctions, please contact the charging equipment
manufacturer. Do not attempt to fix it yourself.
• After rain, please check if there is water in the charge port before charging the vehicle.
Do not charge the vehicle when there is an obvious indicator of water in the charge
port. Doing so may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or
the charging equipment.
• Do not use high pressure washers to clean the charge port while charging. Doing so
may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging
equipment.
• During fast charging, patients who are dependent on cardiac pacemakers should stay
away from the vehicle in order to avoid electromagnetic interference between the
cardiac pacemaker and the charging equipment. .
• If the vehicle has a peculiar smell or emits smoke while charging, stop charging and
contact NIO immediately.
• Do not remove the charging connector before charging is completed. Doing so may
cause an electric arc.

Caution

• Do not carry out slow charging and fast charging simultaneously. Doing so may
damage the vehicle.
• If the environmental temperature is too high or too low, the charging time will be
affected. If the vehicle is kept in a low temperature environment for a long period of
time, the battery capacity will be affected.

Charging
You can charge your vehicle with Power Home, a public charger, or portable charging
connector.

Charging Process
1. Shift into PARK, press the charge port cover, or swipe right on the center display and
tap Charge Port to deploy the charge port cover. The charge port indicator is in solid
blue.

Caution

Do not forcefully adjust the charge port cover when it is active or open. Doing so may
damage the cover.

2. Check if the charging equipment and connector are in good condition and plug the
charging connector into the charge port on the vehicle. At this time, the charge port
and charging connector start pairing. A blue charge port indicator lights up to indicate
the charge port is operating correctly. If the charge port and charging connector fail to
pair correctly or pairing times out, the indicator will flash blue and then go out. In this
case, plug the charging connector again.
3. Power on the charging equipment to start charging. You can check the current
charging status by touching My ES8 > Battery on the center display or on the NIO
app. The blue charge port indicator will indicate the current charging progress.

4. If you need to stop the charging manually, you need to unlock the vehicle and stop the
charging by touching My ES8 > Battery on the center display or on the NIO app).
Then, remove the charging connector after the charge port indicator turns into solid
green.

When charging completes, you need to unlock the vehicle using your key fob or from
the center display before removing the charging connector.
Caution

During AC charging, whether the vehicle is locked or not, the charging connector
cannot be removed from the vehicle. In this case, do not forcibly unplug the connector.

5. If the charge port indicator flash red during the charging process, try another charger.
If it continues to flash red, stop charging immediately and contact NIO.

6. After removing the charging connector, return it to its original position and press the
close button near the charge port or tap the Charge Port on the center display to close
it automatically.

Note

When you charge your vehicle using NIO Power Home, the charge port cover will
automatically open if you remove the charger from the charging post and will
automatically close if you remove the charger from your vehicle. If the charge port
cover is stuck on the charger while rotating to close automatically, press and hold
the close button for five seconds, and the charge port cover will open
automatically.

When Unable to Remove the Connector


If the charging connector cannot be removed after the vehicle is unlocked, please try the
following steps:

1. Ensure that the charging connector unlock button is popped up by firmly plugging the
connector in, lock and then unlock the vehicle again, press and hold the charging
connector unlock button for one to two seconds, and then unplug the connector after
the indicator on the charge port turns solid green.
2. Open the hood, pull the emergency unlock cable to unlatch the charge port, and try to
remove the charging connector.

3. If the problem persists, please stop charging immediately and contact NIO.

Battery Level and Charging Display


The current state of the high voltage battery and battery-related warning messages are
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.

1. Current power

Indicates the current power of the high voltage battery or power gained through
regenerative braking.

2. Energy bars
The blue energy bar indicates the power of the high voltage battery. The green energy
bar indicates the power gained through regenerative braking.

3. Remaining range

Indicates the estimated driving range available.

When the remaining driving range is less than 60 kilometers, the icon will turn yellow;
when the remaining driving range is less than 10 kilometers, the icon will turn red.

You can press the menu button on the right side of the steering wheel and select "Vehicle
Info" to check the current and voltage of the high voltage battery.

The battery-related indicators on the digital instrument cluster are:

Indicator Description
Low battery level

Indicates that the high voltage battery level is low. Please promptly charge the
battery or contact NIO when necessary.
High voltage battery cutoff

Indicates that the vehicle's high voltage power is off. Please contact NIO when
necessary.
12V battery charging fault

Please contact NIO immediately when this indicator lights up.


High voltage battery fault

Please stop the vehicle and contact NIO immediately when this indicator lights up.
High voltage battery overtemperature

Please stop the vehicle and contact NIO immediately when this indicator lights up.
Icy/Snowy road

Indicates that the current ambient temperature is too low and may affect high
voltage battery performance.
Charging cable connected

Indicates that a charging cable is connected.

Battery Warmup
The charging speed of high voltage batteries tends to decrease at low temperatures such as in
winter. When Battery Warmup is turned on, the battery can be pre-heated before the vehicle
arrives at the charging point (charging station ) to improve the charging efficiency.
Low-Temperature Battery Warmup
Low-Temperature Battery Warmup is turned on by default. To turn it off, enter Settings from
the bottom left of the center display and select Battery. With this feature on, if a charging
station is set as the destination or a waypoint for navigation, the vehicle will automatically
pre-heat the battery for improved charging efficiency when there is enough power to get to the
station. Low-Temperature Battery Warmup can be used to preheat the battery and will not
cause energy waste.

In the Navigation Mode, Low-Temperature Battery Warmup will be automatically activated


when the following conditions are met, with the preconditioning status displayed on the top
status bar of the center display:

• A charging station or a service area with a charging station is set as the navigation
destination or a waypoint.
• The driver is seated.

You can manually turn off this feature by selecting "Turn Off This Time" (on by default next
time) or "Turn Off".

The preconditioning process will end automatically when any of the following conditions is
met (the feature remains on):

• The charging connector is connected.


• The navigation is turned off or the navigation to the charging station is stopped.
• The power is not enough to cover the remaining 20 km to the destination with
preconditioning turned on.

Manual Battery Warmup


Manual Battery Warmup is turned off by default. It is recommended that you turn it on at low
temperatures on the Battery page on the center display if you are familiar with the route to
the charging point and can get there without navigation. This allows the high voltage battery
to be pre-heated for improved charging efficiency.

You can turn on or off this feature on the center display , and preconditioning status will be
displayed on the top status bar of the center display.

The preconditioning process will end automatically when any of the following conditions is
met (the feature remains off):

• The charging connector is connected.


• The battery has been pre-heated to the set temperature and maintained for 1 hour.

Caution

• Enabling battery warmup may consume some power. Please plan your travel properly
or turn it off as needed.
• When Low-Temperature Battery Warmup is activated, manual preconditioning will
not be available.
• Manual Battery Warmup cannot determine the remaining range with preconditioning
turned on. Please make sure that the power is enough for the trip to the destination
before turning on this feature.

Follow Me Home
When you walk away from the vehicle after locking it and preparing for charging, the Follow
Me Home will illuminate the road ahead of you.

When you leave your vehicle at night, the low beams and position lights turn on to illuminate
the road ahead for you. Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the
bottom of the center display and tap Lights > Courtesy Headlights, and set how long the
lights stay on after locking.

If you have turned on the wheel arch lights by touching Lights > Wheel Arch Lights, the
wheel arch lights will be turned on automatically when the vehicle is locked to improve the
visibility of the surrounding environment.

Vehicle Health Status


Please check the vehicle status regularly to keep it in the best condition. You can touch My
ES8 > Health on the center display to check vehicle health status.

On this interface, the vehicle performs a self-inspection and displays the current health status.

Maintenance Instructions
To ensure that the vehicle can operate normally and bring a good driving and riding
experience, you need to conduct regular vehicle maintenance.

In light of the complexity of vehicle systems and the after-sales service requirements of
electric vehicles, we recommend you to bring your vehicle to NIO's service center for routine
maintenance regularly and required inspection annually. If you have any inquiries about the
vehicle inspection, please contact NIO at any time.

If your vehicle is left unused for a long time or has been flooded, we recommend you to bring
your vehicle to NIO's service center for a comprehensive inspection and maintenance. If you
have any inquiries, please contact NIO.

Regular Maintenance
Regular maintenance is crucial for ensuring vehicle performance, reducing vehicle usage
costs, and extending the vehicle's service life. It is recommended that you visit the NIO
Service Center regularly for maintenance according to the following requirements.

Routine maintenance
Routine maintenance is a very important measure to ensure driving safety and reduce vehicle
malfunctions. Before driving, you shall check the following items. If you find any
abnormalities, please contact the NIO Service Center in time.

• Check the status of the high voltage battery on the center display or NIO APP.
• Check all external lights, horns, turn signal lights, and hazard warning lights.
• Check the wipers and windshield washers.
• Check the operation of the brakes, including the parking brake.
• Check the operation of the seat belts.
• Check if there are indicator lights abnormally lit or text warning messages on the
instrument cluster.
• Check each tire's tire pressure and for damage and abnormal wear.
• Check if there is any abnormal accumulation of fluid under the vehicle body (it is
normal for water to accumulate due to dehumidification by the air conditioning
system).
• Check the vehicle body for pollutants that can damage the paint (such as bird
droppings, resin, asphalt spots, insects, and industrial dust).
• Check each switch for any abnormal operation.

Maintenance schedule
In normal driving conditions, it is recommended that you follow the following maintenance
items and intervals according to the usage of your vehicle to ensure that your vehicle is
always in optimal performance.

Based on the overall market performance of the vehicle, NIO may adjust the suggested
maintenance schedule for regular maintenance. When the maintenance schedule is adjusted,
the user manual will be updated synchronously. Please refer to the latest maintenance
schedule.

• Perform a NIO standard regular inspection every year or every 20,000 kilometers.
• Replace the front wiper blades every year or every 20,000 kilometers, and the rear
wiper blades (if any) depending on their conditions.
• Check the coolant every year or every 20,000 kilometers, and add it if necessary.
• Check the brake discs every year or every 20,000 kilometers, and replace them if
necessary.
• Check the brake pads every year or every 20,000 kilometers, and replace them if
necessary.
• Replace the air conditioning filter every year or every 20,000 kilometers.
• Replace the gearbox oil every 20,0000 kilometers.
• Check the brake fluid every year and replace it every three years.
• Check the 12V battery every year and replace it every two years.
• Replace the central controller battery every five years.

If your vehicle is frequently driven in the following harsh environments, additional


maintenance items or shorter maintenance intervals may be required. For specific information,
please contact the NIO Service Center.

• Driving in a dusty environment.


• Driving in cold (below -20 ℃) or high temperature (above 40 ℃) environments.
• Driving in a humid environment or frequently wading in water.
• Driving on roads with high salt content or corrosive materials.
• Braking frequently or driving in mountainous areas.
• Often used for special purposes such as high load usage.
• Adding or retrofitting without authorization from NIO.

Event Data Recording System


Many electronic components in the vehicle retain data to temporarily or permanently store
technical information about the vehicle status, events, and faults. This technical information
usually includes the status of the following components, modules, systems, and environments:

• Status of the vehicle and its individual components, such as wheel revolutions/speed,
deceleration, and lateral acceleration.
• Functional status of important system components, such as seatbelt buckles.
• Vehicle responses under special driving conditions, such as airbag deployment or
stability control system intervention.
• Data for a period of time before and after a collision (which triggers airbag), such as
braking, acceleration, and steering.

This data is only a natural attribute for identifying and fixing faults and optimizing vehicle
features. It cannot be used to reproduce movements on the road. When performing service-
related tasks, such as repair, servicing, warranty inspection, and quality assurance, service
personnel and manufacturers can read this technical data from the memory of events and fault
data with special diagnostic devices. After troubleshooting, the system deletes or continues to
overwrite the information in the memory storage.

When using the vehicle, these technical parameters and other information related to the
vehicle, such as accident records, vehicle damage, and evidence (which may require the
intervention of a specialist), can be read through the diagnostic devices at NIO.

Note
NIO will not disclose any information recorded in the system to a third party without your
permission or consent.

System Update
Your vehicle comes with a remote update system. When the vehicle is connected to the
Internet, you can enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the
bottom of the center display and tap General > System Update to update the vehicle system
software and keep your vehicle's systems up to date. You will be notified when a software
update is available. You can choose to start the update immediately or . During the update, the
center display shows the time needed to complete the process (which depends on the size of
the update package).

Caution

• The system upgrade function is only available for the vehicle owner's account.
• The system upgrade can only be carried out when the vehicle is in the parked state (in
the P gear) and connected to the network.
• The system upgrade process will consume a certain amount of power. Before the
system upgrade, please ensure that the battery level of the vehicle is greater than 20%
and your trip has been reasonably planned.
• If the system upgrade is performed for the vehicle during the charging process, the
charging process will stop automatically. After the system upgrade is completed, you
can resume the charging process manually.
• During the system upgrade process, the vehicle can also be unlocked/locked with the
NFC/mobile Bluetooth key in addition to the smart key. The vehicle cannot be driven.
• System upgrades may result in updates or additions of some features, as well as
changes in the usage habits of certain features. Please read the upgrade instructions
carefully to understand the updated or added features after the system upgrade is
completed. Please use the updated function with caution if you are unfamiliar with it
to avoid personal injury or property damage due to a misoperation.
• If the system upgrade cannot be started or is not completed successfully, please
contact the NIO service center immediately.
• Do not modify vehicle components or software by yourself to avoid personal injury or
property damage due to a system upgrade failure.

Reset All Settings


When you need to sell the vehicle, you can erase all content and settings by entering Settings
from the bottom left of the center display, and touch General > Reset All Settings.

The following data and settings will be erased, including vehicle settings (such as settings for
seats, side mirrors, air conditioning, etc.), driving settings (such as driver assist, driving mode,
etc.), NOMI settings, system settings (such as time, date, etc.), Navigation settings, media
playlists, photos and videos, etc.

Caution
• Only the vehicle owner can reset all settings. The operation can only be performed
when the vehicle is stopped.
• When resetting all settings, the instrument cluster and the center display will go black
and blink. Do not drive the vehicle when resetting the system. Otherwise it may cause
unpredictable consequences.
• After resetting, the vehicle will be restored to the inactivated state. You need to
reactivate the vehicle to use it.
• Resetting will erase all your settings, application data and all content, including photos
and videos, stored in the vehicle. It is recommended to back up your important files
before resetting. You can enter the Album on the center display , select files you
need and choose Export to USB.
• Resetting will not erase your personal data stored in the cloud, such as driving habits,
frequent navigation addresses, and music playlists.

Replacing Front Wiper Blades


The front wipers can clean raindrops and stains on the windshield (when used together with
windshield washer fluid). The procedure to replace the front wiper blades is as follows:

1. Enter the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Driving > Front Wiper Service Mode to move the front
wipers to the replacement position.
2. When the front wipers move to the replacement position, they can be lifted up. Press
and hold the lock button on the front wiper blade and slide the blade down
perpendicular to the wiper arm to remove the wiper blade.

3. Insert the new wiper blade until you hear a click sound to confirm that the front wiper
blade is securely installed.

Replacing Rear Wiper Blade


The rear wiper cleans raindrops on the rear windshield. The procedure to replace the rear
wiper blade is as follows:

1. Lift the rear wiper arm and remove the rear wiper blade.
2. Install a new wiper blade and pull the wiper blade to confirm that it is securely
installed.

Refilling Windshield Washer Fluid


Windshield washer fluid is used to maintain good visibility through the windshield. The
procedure to refill the windshield washer fluid is as follows:

1. Open the washer fluid container cover and cap, and add an appropriate amount of
washer fluid (we recommend you stop refilling when the fluid level is about to reach
the inlet).

Caution

When topping up the windshield washer fluid, please fill the reservoir carefully to
avoid spilling and wipe up any spills immediately.

2. After refilling the fluid, close the cap and cover securely.

Refilling Coolant
Warning
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to
top up the vehicle’s coolant.

The coolant maintains the operation of the vehicle power system within an appropriate
temperature range. The procedure to refill coolant is as follows:

1. Open the hood handle cover in the cabin (Figure 1) and pull the release cable to
unlatch the hood (Figure 2).

2. Toggle the hook under the hood to release it and lift the hood up.

3. Take out the hood prop rod from the clip and position it appropriately to support the
hood.
4. Open the coolant cap and add an appropriate amount of coolant (above the MIN and
below the MAX indicators).

5. Close the coolant cap tightly. When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands
and lower it to an appropriate angle. Then, push the hood down firmly until it is
completely closed.

Caution

Do not slam or drop the hood.

Refilling Brake Fluid


Warning

To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to
top up the vehicle’s brake fluid.

Brake fluid is the medium for transmitting brake pressure in the hydraulic brake system. The
procedure to refill brake fluid is as follows:

1. Open the hood handle cover in the passenger compartment (Figure 1) and pull the
hood release cable to release the hood (Figure 2).
2. Toggle the hook under the hood to release it and lift the hood up.

3. Take out the hood prop rod from the clip and position it appropriately to support the
hood.

4. Open the brake fluid cap and add an appropriate amount of brake fluid (above the
MIN and below the MAX indicators).
5. Close the brake fluid cap tightly. When closing the hood, hold the hood with your
hands and lower it to an appropriate angle. Then, push the hood down firmly until it is
completely closed.

Caution

Do not slam or drop the hood.

Tire Inspection and Maintenance


Do not drive on damaged, over-worn, or incorrectly inflated tires. For driving safety, please
check the tires on a regular basis:

• Inspect the tires frequently for damage (punctures, cuts, tears, and bulges), and remove
foreign matter embedded in the tire tread.
• A puncture will cause the tire to lose pressure, so it’s important to check the tire
pressure frequently. Repair or replace punctured or damaged tires as soon as possible.
If you feel sudden shaking or bumps while driving, or suspect that the tires are
damaged, slow down immediately while avoiding heavy braking or sudden steering.
Stop after confirming that it is safe, and then contact the NIO Service Center for
assistance immediately.
• If the tire valve dust cap is lost, please replace it as soon as possible.
• Keep the tires away from oil, grease or fuel.
• Always store wheels in a cool, dry and dark place. Separate tires that are not on
wheels should be stored upright.
• Do not store summer tires or park a vehicle with summer tires in ambient temperatures
below -15 °C.

Check the tread pattern for wear marks on a regular basis, especially before and after long
drives. If the tire is worn down to 1.6mm or less, a wear mark will appear, by then the ground
grip of the tire will be greatly reduced, and the tire will need to be replaced immediately to
prevent the risk of an accident occurring.
For safety reasons, tires must be replaced if they show the following damage:

• Damage such as cuts, splits, and cracks down to the carcass, and bulges that indicate
inner ply damage.
• Frequently leaks, or irreparable damage due to the size or location of the cut or other
damaged locations.
• Punctures, bulges and damage to tire sidewalls.
• Deformation or corrosion of tires caused by long-term parking.

If you are not sure, please consult the NIO Service Center.
Caution

If tire wear is uneven, we recommend that you contact NIO to have the tires checked for
dynamic balancing.

In order to reduce tire wear and prolong the service life of the tires, the tires should be cared
for according to your driving habits and road conditions:

• New tires are in the run-in period during the first 500 kilometers. Running in at a
moderate speed and with a careful driving style will prolong the service life of the
tires.
• When passing a curb or similar sections of road, keep the wheels perpendicular to the
curb as much as possible, and drive slowly.
• Hard impacts of the tires against curbs or objects with sharp edges, such as rocks, or
impacts against sharp edges can cause imperceptible tire damage that will add up in
the future. Depending on the severity of the impact, it may damage the rim flange.
• Turning too fast, over acceleration and hard braking will increase tire wear.
• New tires, after they are replaced, must undergo a dynamic balance check.
• If the vehicle cannot remain straight or keeps deviating while driving, please go to the
NIO Service Center to check the wheel alignment parameters and make adjustments if
necessary.
• It is recommended to swap the front and rear tires every 10,000 km.
Winter Tires
In cold environments, tire performance is reduced, grip is reduced and susceptibility to impact
damage is increased. High performance tires may temporarily stiffen in cold weather, and a
rolling noise may be heard for the first few kilometers before the tires warm up. To have your
vehicle perform optimally, using winter tires in winter is recommended. Please choose the
applicable winter tires or stud tires according to the national laws in your country.

It is recommended to install winter tires for your vehicle when the ambient temperature is
below 7 °C. The driving performance of summer tires will be reduced at low temperatures,
and the comfort will also be reduced. For example, there may be rattling noises caused by the
tires when maneuvering on dry and slippery surfaces, or when accelerating out of corners.

Extremely cold temperatures below about -15 °C may cause permanent damage to summer
tires.

Use winter tires of the same brand and tread pattern on all wheels to ensure safe maneuvering
characteristics.

Brand Dimension Speed symbol & load index Pattern


255/55R19 111R XL Hakkapeliitta R2 SUV
255/50R20 109R XL Hakkapeliitta R2 SUV
265/45R21 108R XL Hakkapeliitta R2 SUV
Nokian
255/55R19 111R XL Hakkapeliitta R3 SUV
255/50R20 109R XL Hakkapeliitta R3 SUV
265/45R21 108R XL Hakkapeliitta R3 SUV
255/55R19 111H S-WNT(AO)
pirelli
255/50R20 109H XL WNT(AO)
Caution

• Exceeding the maximum speed rating of the tire will damage the tire. This may also
lead to tire blowouts. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tires.
• Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 4 mm must be replaced immediately. Such
tires are no longer suitable for winter use and can no longer provide adequate grip. As
a result, you may lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.
Brake Pad and Disc Inspection and
Maintenance
Lightly press the brake pedal occasionally when driving on rainy or icy roads so that the heat
generated by friction warms up and dries the brake pads. The same should be done when
driving in extremely wet or cold weather.

Take your vehicle for a quick ride after a car wash to dry the brake discs and avoid rusting.

The wear of brake pads and discs is largely determined by your driving habits and road
conditions. The driving distance may not be used to decide the degree of wear.

The high-performance braking system is used to realize the best comprehensive braking
performance at various vehicle speeds and temperatures. Therefore, under certain vehicle
speeds, braking force and environments (such as temperature and humidity), the braking
system may make a squeaky sound.

If the instrument cluster reminds you to replace the brake pads, please contact NIO for a
replacement as soon as possible.

Air Filter Inspection and Maintenance


Maintain and replace the air filter according to the specified service intervals to keep the air in
the cabin fresh. After replacement, enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display,
and touch Cabin Comfort > Air Filter Reminder to reset the reminder.

Keep the grille clear of any obstructions (e.g. leaves, snow) before driving.

12V Battery Maintenance


The 12V battery is mainly used to power the starting and electrical equipment of the vehicle.
It can be accessed by opening the panel on the left side of the trunk. To extend the service life
of the battery, please keep a sufficient battery level.
Warning

12V battery fluid is corrosive. If the fluid gets into the eyes or on the skin, rinse the eyes or
skin with running water and seek medical attention immediately.

Caution

• If the 12V battery is severely drained (e.g. having been left unused for a long time),
please contact NIO for assistance and do not replace it yourself.
• Before leaving the vehicle, please ensure that all electric systems, such as lights and
the media center, are turned off.

Note

After disconnecting and reconnecting the 12V battery, the automatic windows, window anti-
pinch and sunroof anti-pinch features will not be available.

High Voltage Battery Maintenance and


Recycling
High Voltage Battery Maintenance
The high voltage battery is an important driving component of your vehicle. Please pay
attention to the following things when using it:

• Parking your vehicle in an environment with too high or low temperature will affect
the service life of the high voltage battery directly. Do not park your vehicle in a high
or low temperature environment for a long time (more than 8 hours).
• Please do not park your vehicle in a high temperature area with heat sources to avoid
accidental fires.
• Please place your vehicle in a dry area. Avoid parking in a damp and watery parking
space as much as possible.
• It is recommended not to stay in deep water (preferably not exceeding the battery base
plate) for a long time when the vehicle is wading. Otherwise, it may cause damage to
the high-voltage components of the vehicle.
• Avoid frequent use of high-power DC fast charging methods to charge your vehicle,
as high-power DC fast charging will affect the service life of the high voltage battery.
• If your vehicle is not used for a long time, ensure that the high voltage battery level is
above 50% (displayed on the digital instrument cluster) and that your vehicle is parked
in a cool and dry place to guarantee the service life of the high voltage battery. It is
recommended to check your battery level every week and use your vehicle once a
month.
• Please charge your vehicle with a charging device that meets the charging
specifications and follow the instructions of the charging post to charge it correctly.
• When passing over bumps, crushed stones, or raised obstacles on the road's surface,
please drive slowly or avoid obstacles to prevent your vehicle chassis or high voltage
battery pack from being damaged. If there is a collision or impact sound from the
bottom of your vehicle, please contact the NIO Service Center immediately for a
safety inspection of the chassis and high voltage battery pack and other components.

Warning

• The high voltage battery operates at a high voltage. Do not touch, move, or
disassemble the high voltage battery or its circuit without authorization. Doing so may
result in injury.
• Please be sure to charge the vehicle within 24 hours when the remaining driving range
is at zero. During this time, the charging speed will be limited until the battery level
reaches 50%. Failure to charge the vehicle within 72 hours may cause irreversible
damage to the high voltage battery.

High Voltage Battery Recycling


Used high voltage batteries are required to be properly recycled. During the vehicle service
and maintenance process, high voltage batteries that meet the following conditions shall be
recycled:

1. During the service and maintenance process for the high voltage battery at the NIO
Service Center, the battery capacity and status are tested. For batteries that shall be
recycled according to relevant laws and regulations, NIO shall bear the main
responsibility and recycle them based on the market conditions at that time.
2. In other cases where it is determined that the battery cannot continue to be used but is
in good condition, it can be recycled and reused in a cascading manner after simple
maintenance.
3. If the battery is severely malfunctioning or damaged, and cannot be utilized in a
cascading manner, it will enter the recycling process.

Caution

Do not casually dispose of the high voltage battery, as it can cause severe
environmental damage.

The process of high voltage battery recycling is: to be recycled and subsequently processed by
NIO or a third-party recycling agency designated by NIO.

Underhood Fuse Box


Caution

Do not use fuses with a nominal current higher than the rated current. Only replace the blown
fuse with a fuse of the same nominal current and size.
Rated
No. Description
value
1 60A UR06 relay power supply fuse
2 10A High voltage integrated component
3 20A Washer pump fuse
4 15A UR05 relay power supply fuse
5 10A Vehicle communication controller/high voltage charging indicator fuse
6 15A UR04 relay power supply fuse
7 (Reserved)
8 (Reserved)
9 15A UR07 relay power supply fuse
10 Front motor cooling water pump relay
11 Rear motor cooling water pump relay
12 Battery cooling water pump relay
13 Cooling fan relay
14 (Reserved)
15 40A Brake control module (control unit) fuse
16 40A Brake control module (motor) fuse
17 (Reserved)
18 15A Vehicle controller (KL87) fuse
19 10A Climate control system fuse
UR04 coil/UR05 coil/UR06 coil/UR07 coil/fan/brake switch/active grille
20 10A
shutter/high voltage battery pack heating/three-way valve/four-way valve fuse
21 10A Left high beam fuse
22 10A Right high beam fuse
23 10A ADAS main controller power supply 2 fuse
24 15A UR08 relay power supply fuse
25 10A Left low beam fuse
26 20A Battery management system power supply fuse
27 15A Front power control unit fuse
28 10A Central gateway controller power supply 2 fuse
29 10A Right low beam fuse
30 Right low beam relay
31 Left low beam relay
32 Horn relay
33 High beam relay
34 10A High voltage power distribution box/gear shifter module fuse
35 (Reserved)
36 Main relay
37 (Reserved)

Instrument Panel Fuse Box


Caution

Do not use fuses with a nominal current higher than the rated current. Only replace the blown
fuse with a fuse of the same nominal current and size.
Rated
No. Description
value
1 IF02/IF29/IF26 fuse (KL15 power supply) relay
2 (Reserved) relay
TR03 relay power supply/TR06 relay
3
coil/IF01/IF25/IF27/IF30/IF43/TF01/TF25 fuse (KL15 power supply) relay
4 (Reserved)
5 (Reserved)
6 10A Brake booster/electric power steering-1 (KL15 power supply) fuse
Driver seat heating/ventilation/lumbar support/massage module (KL15 power
7 15A
supply) fuse
8 10A KL15-Trailer
9 10A Electric parking controller/electric power steering-2 (KL15 power supply) fuse
IR04 relay (coil)/right front headlight/rear-view mirror assembly/left front
10 10A
headlight (KL15 power supply) fuse
Passenger side heating/ventilation/lumbar support/massage module (KL15
11 15A
power supply) fuse
12 10A Airbag controller (KL15 power supply) fuse
Radar/parking radar controller/central gateway controller (KL15 power supply)
13 10A
fuse
14 15A Steering wheel heating (KL15 power supply) fuse
Climate control module/front body controller/central gatewaycontroller/vehicle
15 10A controller/ECALL/DAB box/DAB adaptor (KL15 power supply)/side
mirrormemory feedback + fuse
16 (Reserved)
17 (Reserved)
18 30A Electric parking controller 1 (KL30 power supply)
19 (Reserved)
20 25A IR02 relay power supply fuse
21 (Reserved)
22 25A Front body controller (front wipers) KL30 power supply fuse
23 40A Sunroof/sunshade motor (KL30 power supply) fuse
24 IF28 fuse (KL15 power supply) relay
25 (Reserved)
26 30A Front body control module 1 fuse
27 30A Front body control module 2 fuse
28 10A Digital instrument cluster/HUD/NOMI/eCall (KL30 power supply) fuse
Climate control module/rear climate control panel and fragrance system (KL30
29 10A
power supply) fuse
30 10A Body control module (safe box lock power supply) /DAB box fuse
31 10A Steering column power supply fuse
32 10A Brake switch (KL30 power supply) fuse
Driver's side door control switch/rain sensor/wireless charging power supply
33 10A
(models with air suspension) fuse
34 20A Infotainment system console (KL30 power supply) 1 fuse
35 10A Body controller (KL30 power supply) fuse
36 30A IR04 relay switch power supply fuse
37 (Reserved)
38 (Reserved)
39 60A Brake booster fuse
40 30A Electric parking controller 2 (KL30 power supply)
41 Left side mirror left adjustment relay
42 10A Climate control module (KL30 power supply) fuse
43 20A Battery management unit (KL30 power supply) fuse
44 10A Center display (KL30 power supply) fuse
45 10A Electronic gear selector module (KL30 power supply) fuse
46 30A Front body control module (central lock) fuse
47 10A IR06/IR08/IR09 relay fuse
48 10A ADAS main controller (KL30 power supply) fuse
49 10A Diagnosis interface (KL30 power supply) fuse
50 10A IR10/IR11/IR12 relay fuse
51 10A IR07/IR13 relay fuse
52 15A IR05 power supply fuse
53 10A Central gateway controller (KL30 power supply) fuse
54 Side mirror unfold relay
55 (Reserved)
56 Left side mirror right/upward adjustment relay
57 Left side mirror downward adjustment relay
58 Right side mirror left adjustment relay
59 Right side mirror right/upward adjustment relay
60 Right side mirror downward adjustment relay
61 Side mirror fold relay

Trunk Fuse Box


Caution

Do not use fuses with a nominal current higher than the rated current. Only replace the blown
fuse with a fuse of the same nominal current and size.

Rated
No. Description
value
1 TF02/TF27 fuse power supply relay
2 KL15 power supply
3 Rear blower (KL30 power supply) relay
4 Front blower (KL30 power supply) relay
5 (Reserved)
6 10A Wheel arch light/ambient lighting/safe box limit switch fuse
7 15A Left front and rear exterior door handle deploy + /retract - fuse
8 15A Left front and rear exterior door handle deploy - /retract + fuse
9 15A Right front and rear exterior door handle deploy - /retract + fuse
Liftgate taillight/body taillight/sunroof switch/vanity mirror light/puddle
10 10A
light fuse
11 10A USB hub (KL15 power supply) fuse
12 15A Right front and rear exterior door handle deploy + /retract - fuse
13 10A Right side mirror heating fuse
14 10A Left side mirror heating fuse
15 10A Second row seat USB fuse
16 (Reserved)
17 (Reserved)
18 25A Left front/right rear window regulator motor (KL30 power supply) fuse
19 60A TR01 relay contactor power supply fuse
20 30A Passenger seat adjustment fuse
21 30A Driver seat adjustment fuse
22 40A Air suspension controller (air pump) KL30 power supply fuse
23 30A Liftgate control module (motor) fuse
24 TF42/TF43 fuse power supply
25 (Reserved)
26 20A Air suspension controller (KL30 power supply) fuse
27 15A CC2 charge port motor power supply fuse
28 15A TR07 relay power supply fuse
29 10A Rear inverter (KL30 power supply) fuse
30 10A Liftgate control module fuse
31 20A Infotainment system console (KL30 power supply) 2 fuse
32 30A TR04 relay switch power supply fuse
33 30A TR05 relay switch power supply fuse
34 30A Rear body controller power supply 1 fuse
35 10A Kick sensor/TR04 coil/TR05 coil/TR08 coil/TR09 coil/TR11 coil fuse
36 30A Amplifier control unit fuse
37 25A TR03 relay power supply fuse
38 40A TR11 relay contactor power supply fuse
39 30A TR02 relay contactor power supply fuse
40 25A Right-front/left-rear window regulator motor (KL30) fuse
41 Second row seat heating relay
42 10A Vehicle controller power supply fuse
43 15A Rear wiper fuse
44 15A TR10 relay/TR12 relay fuse
45 30A Rear body controller power supply 2 fuse
46 25A TR06 relay contactor power supply fuse
47 25A TR08 relay contactor power supply fuse
48 25A TR09 relay contactor power supply fuse
49 (Reserved)
50 10A TR13 relay fuse
51 20A Trailer control module power1
52 20A Trailer control module power2
53 (Reserved)
54 TF29/TF28 fuse power supply
55 (Reserved)
56 TF26 fuse/TF30 fuse/front 12V power socket power supply
57 Rear 12V power socket
58 Second row left seat easy entry relay
59 Rear defogger relay
60 Second row right seat easy entry relay
61 Liftgate lock relay

Rear Pre-Fuse Box


Caution

Do not use fuses with a nominal current higher than the rated current. Only replace the blown
fuse with a fuse of the same nominal current and size.
No. Rated value Description
1 30A Pyrotechnic safety switch power supply
2 125A Electric power steering gear power supply
3 300A DC/DC converter power supply
4 200A Trunk fuse box power supply
5 125A Instrument panel electrical box power supply
6 125A Underhood electrical box power supply

Cleaning and Maintaining the Exterior


Regular cleaning and waxing can protect the vehicle exterior from damage from the external
environment. The frequency of cleaning and waxing depends on the frequency of use, parking
conditions (whether the vehicle is parked in a garage, under a tree, or in direct sunlight), and
weather conditions.

Bird droppings, insect residues, tree resins, industrial emissions, tar spots, cinders, and other
deposits on the body and roof will cause damage to the paint. Such corrosion intensifies at
high temperatures and in strong sunlight. Therefore, a weekly cleaning may be necessary. Wet
the stains with sufficient water and then remove them.

Warning

Do not wash the vehicle when it is in charging.


Caution

Please use specialized cleaners or conditioners when washing or waxing the vehicle. Pay
attention to the expiry date before use and keep out of reach of children.

Manual Cleaning
When cleaning the vehicle manually, use sufficient water to wet the vehicle exterior and rinse
away as many stains as possible. Use a soft sponge, cloth, or soft brush to carefully clean the
vehicle from top to bottom. Use cleaners to remove stubborn stains. When the sponge or cloth
gets too dirty, replace it. After cleaning the vehicle, rinse it thoroughly with clean water and
wipe it with a towel. After salt spreading in winter, clean the underside of the vehicle
thoroughly.

In order to protect the environment, please clean the vehicle on a specialized cleaning
platform. If such equipment is not available, please choose a proper place to clean the vehicle.

Note

• Do not wash the vehicle under direct sunlight as this may cause damage to the paint.
• When washing the vehicle with a water hose in cold weather, do not spray water
directly on the door handles, charge ports, doors and sunroof. Otherwise, these moving
parts may freeze in place.
• Do not use rough sponges or corrosive cleaners which may damage the paint.
• Do not use water hotter than 60℃.
• Do not use a dry cloth or sponge to clean the headlights. Clean them with water or car
shampoo instead.

Automatic Cleaning
The vehicle can be cleaned in an automatic car wash, but the structure, filter, and the type of
cleaners and conditioners of the car wash equipment will affect the exterior paint. If the body
paint looks dull or scratched after a car wash, please inform the car wash operator
immediately. If necessary, the car wash equipment should be replaced.

Before using an automatic car wash, the windows and sunroof should be closed, the auto
wiper feature disabled, and the side mirrors folded. At the same time, the car wash operator
should be notified that the vehicle is equipped with roof racks and a radio antenna.

Caution

Before washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash, enter the settings page from the left side
of the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving > N.

High Pressure Cleaning


When using a pressure washer, be sure to follow the operating instructions and maintain a
sufficient distance from soft materials (such as rubber hoses or sound insulation materials).
Do not use round beam nozzles or rotary nozzles. Tires must not be cleaned with round beam
nozzles. Even if used from a distance and for a short time, such a nozzle may cause damage to
the tires.

Do not use a high pressure cleaner to clean the vehicle certification label.

Polishing and Waxing


High-quality wax protects the vehicle paint from environmental damage and even prevents
minor scratches. When water drops no longer roll off smoothly from the clean body paint, use
a layer of high-quality hard car wax on the body paint. If the vehicle is cleaned regularly with
cleaners, we recommend you apply hard wax at least twice a year to protect the body paint.

Polishing is only necessary when the body paint surface has lost its gloss and cannot be
restored by waxing. Do not polish plastic parts or parts with matte finish.

Wiper Blades
Wash wiper blades with lukewarm car shampoo. Do not use alcohol or cleaners that contain
petroleum products.

Windows and Side Mirrors


Use glass cleaners to regularly clean the inside and outside of all windows.

Clean the inside of the rear windshield with a soft cloth by wiping transversely. Do not scrape
the glass or use abrasive cleaners to avoid damaging the heating element.

Clean the side mirrors with car shampoo. Do not use abrasive cleaners to avoid damaging the
mirrors.

Plastic Parts
Clean the plastic parts with common cleaning methods. For stubborn stains, only use
specialized solvent-free plastic cleaners to avoid corrosion.

Chrome Parts
You can clean the chrome parts with a wet cloth first and then wipe them with a soft dry
cloth. For a better effect, use chrome conditioners to clean the chrome parts. When using
chrome conditioners, be sure to apply the products completely and evenly. Do not clean or
wipe the chrome parts in dusty or sandy environments.

Wheels
To keep the aluminum alloy wheels in good condition, the wheels require regular
maintenance. We recommend you clean them thoroughly once every two weeks to prevent
abrasive particles, dirt, or salt particles from attaching to and corroding the wheels. After
cleaning, treat the aluminum alloy wheels with specialized acid-free and alkali-free cleaners.
Apply hard wax on the wheels once every three months. If the protective paint layer is
damaged due to impact, such as from a stone, be sure to retouch the paint immediately. Do
not use paint polish or other polishing materials.

Serious stains on the wheels can cause imbalance of the wheels. This will result in wheel
vibrations, which will be transmitted to the steering wheel. In some cases, this can cause
premature wear on the steering mechanism. Therefore, it is necessary to regularly clean stains
on the wheels.

Underbody Protection
The underbody of the vehicle is specially treated to protect against chemical and mechanical
damage. However, damage to the protective layer during driving is inevitable. We
recommend check the underbody and the protective layer before winter and in spring on a
regular basis and repair it when necessary.

Parking Radars
Be careful not to contaminate or damage the sensors on the front/rear bumpers during
maintenance.

Sunroof
After using the sunroof in a heavily polluted area for a period of time, please check the
sunroof and have it maintained regularly. Fully open the sunroof glass panel and check for
any impurities or dirt in the drainage trays of the rails of both sides. You can use a clean soft
cloth or brush to gently wipe away any impurities or dirt in the drainage trays of the sunroof
rails and add an appropriate amount of lubricant if necessary.

Tilt the sunroof and clean any impurities or dirt in the drainage trays of the rails at the rear
part of the sunroof. We recommend you check for and remove any impurities or dirt in the
sunroof rails once a month to avoid jamming the drainage holes, which can result in leaks.

If you park your vehicle under trees, please regularly check for and remove any foreign matter
on the roof to avoid objects from entering the sunroof rails, jamming the drainage holes, and
causing leaks.

Cleaning and Maintaining the Interior


Regularly clean the interior with cleaners or conditioners to maintain the interior appearance.
Before using any cleaners, vacuum the interior first.

Note

• Some dyes (such as from dark-washed jeans or sheepskin clothing) may stain the
interior materials. When this happens, clean the stained surface as soon as possible.
• Do not use strong solvents such as cleaning fluids, petrol or petroleum solvents which
may damage the interior materials.
• Do not spray cleaners directly on electronic buttons, switches or parts. Wipe stains
with a soft cloth dampened with cleaning fluid.
• Sharp objects may damage the fabric interior.

Fabric Interior
Only use specialized cleaners, dry foam, and a soft brush to clean the fabric materials on the
doors, rear trunk, roof, and other areas.

Leather Interior
You can use a slightly wet cotton or woolen cloth, or a cleaning cloth to clean common dirt on
the leather interior. You can use a cloth dipped in mild car shampoo to clean stubborn oil
stains. Make sure that the leather material is not fully wet and prevent water from seeping
through the stitching. Any remaining water on the leather surface should be quickly wiped off
with a soft dry cloth. Stains from ballpoint pens, ink, lipsticks, shoe polish, and other
substances on leather surfaces should be removed as soon as possible. We recommend you
use a 100% pure polyurethane foam sponge for cleaning Nappa leather.

We recommend limiting the use of leather care products as much as possible, no more than
twice a year for light-colored leather and no more than once a year for dark-colored leather.

Note

• Do not use cleaning solvents to clean the instrument panel, air bag covers, or leather
interior.
• To avoid leather fading, do not leave the vehicle under strong sunlight for long periods
of time. If you need to park the vehicle under strong sunlight, please cover all leather
material.
• Sharp objects on clothes such as zips, rivets, and sharp buckles may leave marks or
dents on the leather.
• Avoid drinking coffee or using sunscreen in vehicles with a Nappa leather interior.
Remove coffee or sunscreen stains on Nappa leather with mild soapy water as soon as
possible.
• Do not spray formaldehyde cleaners on leather. Doing so may leave white spots on
genuine leather which are difficult to remove.

Seat Belts
Only use mild car shampoo to clean the seat belts. Do not remove the seat belts from the
vehicle. Allow the belts to dry fully while extended.

Warning Sign Information


No. Name Warning Sign Description
High voltage
Danger! Do not touch high voltage
1 electricity
components.
warning sign

High voltage components. Danger! Do not


High voltage
touch high voltage components without
2 components
wearing protective equipment to avoid
warning sign 1
electric shock.

High voltage components. Danger! Do not


High voltage
touch high voltage components without
3 components
wearing protective equipment to avoid
warning sign 2
electric shock and burns.

High voltage
Cautions for using the high voltage battery
4 battery pack
pack
warning sign

High voltage components are connected


High voltage
with orange high voltage harnesses. Do not
5 cable warning
touch high voltage components without
sign
wearing protective equipment.

Mutual compatibility identifiers to guide


you charging the car are found in the car’s
Mutual charging port. When selecting the charging
compatibility gun, you must make sure the identifier on
6 identifiers used the charging gun equals one of the
for charging the identifiers found in the car’s charging port,
car either C, K or L.Voltage ranges related to
those identifiers are as follows:
• C: AC ≤ 480 V
• K: DC 50 V to 500 V
• L: DC 200 V to 920 V

Instrument Cluster Indicators


If the following indicators do not light up or go out normally, please contact the NIO Service
Center for assistance immediately.

Symbol on Instrument
Description
Cluster Display

Automatic high and low beam control indicator

High beam indicator

Autohold indicator

Position light indicator

Low beam indicator

Front fog light indicator

Vehicle ready indicator

Left turn signal indicator

Right turn signal indicator

Rear fog light indicator

Ice- and snow-covered road indicator

Brake system fault indicator

Electronic stability control system on/fault indicator

Autohold fault indicator

Low battery indicator of high voltage battery

Trailer connection status indicator


Lane Departure Warning and Assist off warning light

Power limit warning light

Anti-lock brake system fault warning light

Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) warning light

High voltage battery cut-off warning light


Autonomous Emergency Braking/Forward Collision Warning
off and fault warning light
Hands-off reminder status indicator

Charging cable connected indicator

Electronic parking indicator

E-Powertrain System fault warning light

Electronic parking fault warning light

Seat belt unfastened reminder warning light

Airbag fault warning light

Drive motor fault warning light

Low voltage battery charging fault warning light

High voltage battery fault warning light

High voltage battery over-temperature warning light

Trailer electrical connection fault warning light

Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert fault warning light
Front Crossing Traffic Alert (FCTA)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert
with Brake (RCTA-B) fault warning light
Driver Assistance fault warning light

S-APA with Fusion fault warning light


Adaptive Cruise Control fault warning light

Lane Departure Warning and Assist fault warning light

ES8 Information
Vehicle manufacturer NIO
Service hotline Refer to the contact table
NIO official website Refer to the contact table

You can find the vehicle certification label in the lower area of the right B-pillar.

Vehicle brand label:

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)


The vehicle identification number is stamped on the right front shock tower bracket.
You can also find the VIN in the following locations:

1. Underside of the hood


2. Upper area at the end of the front driving motor
3. Left side of the instrument panel beam
4. Lower-left area of the front windshield
5. Lower area of the right B-pillar
6. Lower area of the right rear door frame
7. Upper area at the end of the rear motor
8. Upper side of the rear floor
9. Right side of the liftgate

You can also read the VIN from diagnostic instruments that pair with the vehicle (safety
module diagnosis tool BD2):

1. Connect the diagnostic instrument to the diagnostic interface of the vehicle and turn it
on.
2. Start the diagnostic program and log in to the diagnostic instrument interface.
3. The diagnostic instrument automatically reads and displays the VIN on the interface of
the diagnostic instrument.

There is a radio frequency identification device (RFID) at the front windshield of the vehicle.

Driving Motor Identification Labels


The front driving motor identification label is located on the lower side of the motor.
The rear driving motor identification label is located on the lower side of the motor.

Recommended Fluids and Capacities


Item Product Capacity
Brake Fluid DOT4 0.61L
-40℃ OAT (water-ethylene glycol solution
Coolant 15.5L
containing inhibitor)
Refrigerant R1234yf 1300g
Windshield Washer
Freezing point<-30℃ 3L
Fluid
1.3 liters (front), 1.6
Gearbox Oil Castrol BOT350M3
liters (rear)

Instrument Cluster and Controls


8. Control panel for emergency calls, sunroof and
1. Interior door handles
sunshade, and reading lights
2. Control panel for side mirrors and
9. NOMI
windows
3. Steering wheel buttons - left 10. Center display
4. Light control lever for turn signals
11. Gear selector and center console control panel
and headlights
5. Digital instrument cluster 12. Wireless charging pad
6. Steering wheel buttons - right 13. Accelerator pedal
7. Wiper and washer control lever 14. Brake pedal

Powertrain Information
Warning

All high voltage connectors and high voltage cables are typically colored orange for easy
identification. People who are not professional technicians should not disassemble or replace
high voltage components to avoid the risk of electric shock.

High Voltage Battery


ES8 is equipped with a floor-mounted 350 volt lithium-ion high voltage battery. Never breach
the high voltage battery when lifting from under the vehicle. When using rescue tools, pay
special attention to ensure that you do not breach the floor pan.

DANGER:

Before servicing or disassembling a high voltage component, you must power off the system.
Make sure both the emergency switch and the 12V battery are cut off. After powering off the
vehicle, put the vehicle standstill for at least five minutes before carrying out any operation.

DANGER:

As the voltage of the battery pack bus reaches about 400V, in the process of removing and
installing high-voltage components, it is necessary to obtain the qualification of low-voltage
electrician; the operator must wear high-voltage insulating gloves and take other insulation
protective measures without carrying any metal objects.

Driving Motor
The driving system powers the vehicle by converting the direct current from the high voltage
battery into mechanical torque which is distributed to the four wheels. In addition, it can also
recover kinetic energy to charge the high voltage battery and operate in reverse to turn the
drive shafts backward. The driving system consists of two driving motors. The front motor is
mounted on the front subframe, and the rear motor is mounted on the rear subframe.

Low voltage battery


The 12 voltage battery operates the SRS, airbags, windows, door locks, touchscreen, and
interior and exterior lights. The high voltage system charges the 12 voltage battery, and the 12
voltage battery supplies power to the high voltage contactors, allowing high voltage current to
flow into and out of the high voltage battery.

The 12V battery is located behind the trim panel on the left of the trunk.

Airbags
The airbag system includes front airbags and side airbags. The front airbags include front
head airbags that are located in the steering wheel and on the headliner of the passenger side.
The side airbags include front side airbags (located on the outside of the front seats) and
curtain airbags (located on the headliner from the A pillar to C pillar on both sides). The
locations of the airbags are labeled “AIRBAG”.

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONERS


Both front and second row outboard seats as well as third row seats feature seat belts with
pretensioners and force limiters (dual-stage for the front seats). The pretensioners rapidly
retract and latch seat belts the instant a severe collision occurs, thereby providing increased
protection to occupants. The force limiter can then prevent the seat belt from exerting too
much force on the occupant and minimize belt-inflicted injury.

Air Suspension High Pressure Tank


The high-pressure air tank is mounted at the rear of the vehicle body using a rubber-wrapped
bracket. The air tank generates sufficient air for the suspension system. Nominal pressure: 0-
15 bar The ride height is adjusted by adjusting the air pressure of the system.

Vehicle Dimensions

Item Value
Length A (mm) 5022
Width B (mm) (excluding side mirrors) 1962
Width C (mm) (including side mirrors) 2268
Height D (mm) 1756
Wheel Base E (mm) 3010
Front Track F (mm) 1668
Rear Track G (mm) 1672
Front Overhang H (mm) 922
Rear Overhang I (mm) 1090
Ground Clearance (mm) 161
Cargo Volume (L) 310
Cargo Volume - with third-row seats folded down (L) 871
1861
Cargo Volume - with second- and third-row seats folded down (L)
1901
7
Seats
6

Mass Parameters
Item Value
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (kg) 3,099
Gross Front Axle Weight Rating (kg) 1295
Gross Rear Axle Weight Rating (kg) 1804
Technically Permissible maximum towable mass of the towing vehicle In case of
1500
center-axle trailer(kg)
Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination (kg) 4500
Maximum mass of unbraked trailer (kg) 750
Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point (kg):

• of a towing vehicle 75
• of a center-axle trailer

Trailer brake connections Mechanical


Payload when Payload Payload Coupling Roof
MRO GVW
Version full occupancy when 2 when 4 point mass capacity
[kg] [kg]
[kg] people [kg] people [kg] [kg] [kg]
75kwh-6
2460 3,099 264 564 414 75 75
Seat
75kwh-7
2475 3,099 174 549 399 75 75
Seat
100kwh-6
2480 3,099 244 544 394 75 75
Seat
100kwh-7
2495 3,099 154 529 379 75 75
Seat

The chart is calculated according to 75kg per person as the standard recommended, luggage is
also calculated as 75kg.

Motor Specifications
Item Value
Front Rear
Permanent Magnet Alternating Alternating Current
Type
Current Motor Induction Motor
Model TZ160S001 YS240S001
Rated power/torque
60/130 60/120
(kW/N·m)
Peak power/torque
160/305 240/420
(kW/N·m)

Wheel and Tire Specifications


Item Value
255/55R19
Specifications 255/50R20
265/45R21
2.6(unladen)
Tire Pressure (bar)
2.8 (full loaded rear tire)
Camber Angle -0.5±0.5°
Total Front Camber Angle 0±0.5°
Front Toe Angle 0.3±0.2°
Front Caster Angle 4.7±0.5°
Total Front Caster Angle 0±0.5°
Rear Camber Angle -1.3±0.5°
Total Rear Camber Angle 0±0.5°
Total Rear Toe Angle 0.2±0.2°
Approach Angle 0±0.2°
Steering Wheel Angle 0±3.5°
Front Track Height (mm) 472±5
Rear Track Height (mm) 474±5
Lug Nut Torque (N·m) 220

Note: Wheel specifications are subject to the vehicle configurations.

Braking and Suspension Specifications


Item Value
Front Rear
Brake Pad Thickness (mm)
2~9 2~11
Front Rear
Brake Disc Thickness (mm)
32~30 20~18
Brake Pedal Free-Play (mm) 15~25
Nominal Pressure of Air Suspension Reservoir (bar) 15

High Voltage Battery Parameters


Item 100 kwh 75 kwh
Nickel-Cobalt- Nickel-Cobalt-Manganese
High Type Manganese Lithium-Ion Lithium-Ion / Lithium Iron
Voltage Battery Cell Phosphate Battery Cell
Battery
Nominal Voltage (V) 3.73 3.73/3.22
Cell
Nominal Capacity (Ah) 276 237/192
Nominal Voltage (V) 358 386
Nominal Capacity (Ah) 280 195
High
Length*Width*Height
Voltage 2,062x1,539x185.6 2,062x1,539x185.6
(mm)
Battery
Number of Cells 96 118
Weight (kg) 555 535

Tire Inflation
Warning

Using underinflated or overinflated tires will increase the risk of accident and injury.

To ensure your safety while driving, please check the tire pressure regularly. When checking
the tire pressure, make sure the tires are cold (the tire temperature is the same as the ambient
temperature or the vehicle has not been moved for three hours after driving). The
recommended cold tire inflation pressure label is located on the frame of the driver’s side
door. If the tire is hot, the tire pressure is generally 0.3 bar higher than that of a cold tire.

Overinflation will affect your comfort while driving, damage tires, especially on rough roads,
and cause blowouts in severe cases. This may lead to unexpected loss of vehicle control and
increased risk of injury. Underinflation will cause uneven tire wear, affect the vehicle
handling, and result in abnormal energy consumption.

Note

Since the 21 \22-inch tires of the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue
to run within a certain speed range (below 120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5
mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires
are not a long-term solution. If you notice any obvious tire leaks, punctures or serious
damage, please contact NIO Service Center immediately for tire inspection or replacement.

You can inflate the tires with the tire inflator in the emergency kit. To inflate a flat tire:

1. Park the vehicle on a safe road, put on the reflective vest and set up the warning
triangle properly.
2. Open the emergency kit cover in the trunk to take out the tire inflator.

3. Connect the inflation hose on the side of the tire inflater to the valve stem on the tire.

4. Connect the power plug of the tire inflater to the 12V power socket in the vehicle.
5. Make sure the vehicle is powered on, turn on the power switch of the tire inflater, and
inflate the tire. When the tire pressure reaches 2.6 bar, turn off the tire inflater
manually and disconnect it from the power socket.

6. If the tire is overinflated, press the pressure relief valve on the inflater.

7. After completing inflation, disconnect the inflater from the vehicle and stow it in the
emergency kit.
Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(dTPMS)
ES8 is equipped with a direct tire pressure monitoring system. If the pressure or temperature

of one or more tires is abnormal, the tire pressure warning indicator will light up on the
digital instrument cluster along with the location of the faulty tire, alerting you to stop as soon
as possible and check the tires, and to inflate/deflate the tires to the correct air pressure.

In the event of abnormal tire pressure or rapid air leakage, the tire pressure warning indicator

will light up along with a “Beep” tone, alerting you to check the tires; if the Direct Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) fails or the tire temperature exceeds the safe value, the

tire pressure warning indicator will flash for 75 seconds and then stay on, along with a
“Beep” tone. In this case, please stop the vehicle as soon as possible and contact the NIO
Service Center immediately.

You can tap My ES8 > Health on the main page of the center display to check the current tire
pressure detected by the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS). If it shows that
the current tire pressure is “--”, it means that no valid tire pressure value has been obtained. In
such a case, drive at a speed above 25 km/h for 10 minutes and check again. If the tire
pressure is too low, the tire is overheated or the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(dTPMS) fails, the corresponding tire will be highlighted along with the specific fault
information.

The tire pressure monitoring system is based on tire temperature and atmospheric
temperature. It may be necessary to inflate the tire to achieve a slightly higher pressure in
order to clear the low tire pressure message.

If radio transmitting devices (e.g., wireless headsets, walkie-talkies) are used in or near the
vehicle, the operation of the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) may be subject
to interference.

Tire Chains
The ES8 does not come with tire chains, but you can purchase them yourself. Please pay
attention to the following points when using tire chains:

• Improper tire chains can damage the tires, wheels, and brake system of the vehicle.
Please carefully check the specifications of the original equipment (OE) tires and the
relevant instructions provided by the tire chain manufacturer. Only the 20-inch
original equipment (OE) tires are suitable for tire chains. Tires chains are not
recommended on other tires.
We recommend Maggigroup TRAK SUV 4X4 and Konig K-Summit XXL size K67
for ES8.

• Do not drive over 50 km/h or the speed limit specified by the tire chain manufacturer
(whichever is lower).
• Drive carefully and slowly to avoid bumps, potholes, sharp turns, or wheel lock-up,
which may impair the functionality of or cause damage to the vehicle.
• To avoid tire damage and excessive tread wear, tire chains must be removed when
driving on roads without snow.

Set Up Warning Signs


In the event of an emergency, drive the vehicle to a safe area while ensuring safety, then step
on the brake pedal to stop the vehicle; put the vehicle in Park, and turn on the hazard warning
lights on the center console to alert the surrounding people and vehicles.

1. Park gear switch


2. Hazard warning lights

Open the cover at the bottom of the rear trunk's storage space, and inside you will see the
vehicle kit, take out the warning triangle and reflective vest, put on the reflective vest and
place the warning triangle within 50 meters to 100 meters behind the vehicle (when it’s on an
expressway, place it 150 meters behind the vehicle; when it’s at night, place it 100 meters
further than the normal distance; in the event of rain and fog, place it 200 meters behind the
vehicle).
1. Warning triangle
2. Reflective vest

How to assemble the warning triangle:

1. Unfold the bracket under the triangle.


2. Unfold the sides of the triangle.
3. Fasten the snap button on the top of the triangle.

Call for Road Assistance


In case of accidents such as collisions, floods, or the risk of a battery pack fire, please set up
the warning triangle and leave your vehicle as soon as possible when the surrounding
environment is safe. Maintain a certain safe distance (over 15 meters) and call the NIO hotline
for a rescue, and the rescue team will come as soon as possible to provide assistance.

Warning

In the event of a battery fire risk, the vehicle will automatically cut off power and the
instrument cluster and center display will display a warning message. Make sure the
surrounding area is safe and promptly leave the vehicle to call for help.
• If the vehicle is connected to the network, you can press the SOS button on the roof to
call for road assistance (long press once, or short press twice), and you can cancel the
call on the center display within 8 seconds after making the call. The backlight of the
SOS button indicates the status of the SOS feature: a green light means that the SOS
feature is available; a green flashing light means that road assistance is being called; a
red light means that the SOS feature is unavailable, in such a situation you need to
contact NIO Service Center immediately.

Note

When the vehicle is connected to the Internet, it will automatically make an emergency call if
an accident occurs and the airbag inflates.

The 112-based E-Call In-vehicle System


The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is mandatory for new vehicle models in all EU
countries. In the event of a severe accident, the eCall system can connect you to an
appropriate PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) via an audio link automatically if the
vehicle safety system is triggered, or manually if you press the SOS button on the roof
console.

The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated automatically


when the activation level for seat belt tensioners or airbags is reached in the event of a severe
accident. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be activated manually, if needed. To
activate the eCall manually, press the SOS button on the roof console for over 250
milliseconds and release the button within 10 seconds. The manual trigger is designed in such
a way as to avoid mis-operation. To terminate the calling, press and release the SOS button
again within five seconds after it is pressed the first time.

In the event of a critical system malfunction, the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may be
impaired. The backlight of the SOS button indicates the status of the emergency call. Solid
green indicates the eCall system functions normally; flashing green indicates an emergency
call is in progress; flashing red indicates the eCall system has a minor fault but can still be
activated; solid red indicates the eCall system has a major fault and cannot be activated. In
this case, you can find the fault notification on the center display, and contact NIO if needed.
The processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is in line with
the personal data protection rules stipulated in Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of
the European Parliament and of the Council, and in particular, is based on the necessity to
protect the vital interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive
95/46/EC (3). The processing of such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the
emergency call made to the single European emergency number 112 in emergency situations
within the meaning of Article 5(2) of Regulation (EU) 2015/758.

The 112-based E-Call in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following data:

• Vehicle Identification Number


• Vehicle type (passenger vehicle)
• Vehicle propulsion storage type (gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/hydrogen)
• Vehicle last three locations and direction of travel. The recent vehicle locations are
selected by random so as to ensure that the IVS is not traceable and not subject to any
constant tracking.
• Estimated number of occupants onboard
• Log file of E-Call activation of the system and its timestamp

Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public
safety answering points of the area where the vehicle is located. The data may be shared with
other parties such as police stations, fire stations, hospitals limited for emergency aid
purposes.

The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that:

• Data stored in the system is not available outside the system before an eCall is
triggered.
• The system is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal
operation status.
• Data stored in the system is automatically and continuously removed.
• The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of the
system so as to keep the last three up-to-date locations of the vehicle necessary for the
normal functioning of the system.
• The log of activity data in the system is kept for no longer than necessary for attaining
the purpose of handling the emergency call and in any case no longer than 13 hours
after an emergency call is triggered.

With regard to the arrangements for exercising data subjects' rights as well as the contact
service responsible for handling access requests, please kindly contact NIO for support. For
contact details, please refer to our Connected Vehicle Privacy Notice or contact details in this
manual. NIO GmbH

Data Protection

Montgelasstrasse 14

81679 Munich

Germany
privacy.eu@nio.io

00 8000 999 6699 (EU) / 800 24 789 (Norway)

Tire Repair
Warning

• Do not drive with a punctured tire, as it may lead to a tire blowout and endanger your
safety.
• Tire sealant can irritate the eyes and skin. Keep out of reach of children. When using
tire sealant, ignition, open flames, and smoking are prohibited.
• If the tire sealant gets on the skin or in the eyes, rinse the affected part of the body off i
immediately and thoroughly with plenty of water. Change soiled clothing
immediately. Get medical attention immediately in the event of an allergic reaction. If
sealant was swallowed, thoroughly rinse out the mouth without delay and drink plenty
of water. Do not induce vomiting.

Caution

• Before using tire sealant, please check the expiry date marked on the tire sealant tank
to ensure that it is used before its expiry date.
• When the puncture width of a 20-inch tire is less than 6 mm, it is recommended to
take out the puncturing object and repair the tire. If the puncture width is greater than
6 mm or the tire is even more seriously damaged, please do not continue to drive, and
contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner to replace the tire.
• If the tire is repaired while the puncturing object is not taken out, the tire can make
abnormal noises while driving after the repair, and air leakage may occur during long-
distance driving.
• If self-repairing tires or silent cotton tires are used, it is not recommended to repair
tires with tire sealant. Please contact the NIO Service Center.

Note

• If the tires used on the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue to
run within a certain speed range (below 120 km/h) when the puncture width is less
than 5 mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However,
self-repairing tires cannot be used as permanent tire repair measures. If any tire is
found to have a nail in it or is seriously damaged, please contact the NIO Service
Center in a timely manner for tire inspection or replacement.
• When repairing, please try to orient the tire so that the punctured spot is at the top of
the tire.
• Tire sealant can only be used to repair the tread area.

Park the vehicle safely on a flat and solid road as far away from traffic as possible and shift
into PARK. After putting on the reflective vest, setting up the warning triangle and turning on
the hazard warning lights, you can start repairing 19-inch and 20-inch tires with the tire
sealant and tire inflator in the emergency kit:
1. Park the vehicle on a safe road and set up the warning triangle in an appropriate
location.
2. Open the emergency kit in the trunk and take out the tire sealant canister and the tire
inflator.

3. Remove the speed limit label from the tire sealant canister and place it on the steering
wheel to remind yourself not to drive over 80 km/h.

4. Connect the tire sealant canister to the wheels, remove the tire valve cap, and connect
the tire sealant hose to the valve (1). Take out the inflation hose on the side of the tire
inflator and connect it to the tire sealant canister inlet valve (2). Turn the tire sealant
canister upside down and slide it into the slot on the tire inflator (3).
5. Connect the power plug of the tire inflator to the 12V power socket in the vehicle.
6. Make sure the vehicle is powered on, turn on the tire inflator and start to inject tire
sealant into the tire. Observe the pressure gauge, and turn it off when the pointer
reaches ≥2.2 bar (which will take around five to 10 minutes). Turn off the tire inflator
and disconnect the power plug from the 12V power socket.

Note

When the tire inflater begins operating, the pressure gauge will initially display a high
pressure up to six bar, after which the pressure will drop to a normal range.

7. Remove the inflation hose of the tire inflator from the tire valve and stow it in the
emergency kit.
8. Drive the vehicle 3 to 10 km (or about five to ten minutes) at under 80 km/h to evenly
spread the tire sealant and plug the puncture.

9. Park the vehicle on a safe road, set up the warning triangle, and check the tire pressure
readings on the center display. Continue driving if the tire pressure is ≥2.2 bar. Inflate
the tire to ≥2.2 bar if the tire is under-inflated and drive the vehicle at a speed no
higher than 80 km/h for 3 to 10 km (or around 5 to ten minutes). Check the tire
pressure again. If the tire pressure is still below 2.2 bar which means the tire is
severely damaged or the tire sealant cannot seal the tire, park the vehicle in a safe
place and contact NIO immediately.
Caution

• If the tire pressure gauge is unable to reach the designated zone within 12 minutes
after repair, the tire is severely damaged. Please stop driving the vehicle, and contact
NIO.
• Tire sealant is only a temporary solution for emergencies and the vehicle can be driven
for up to 200 kilometers at most. Please take the vehicle to the nearest repair shop for
tire repair or replacement.
• After fixing a tire with the tire sealant, please contact NIO to have the tire inflator hose
assembly replaced.

Jump Starting the Vehicle


When the vehicle cannot start because the 12V battery is drained, you can jump start the
vehicle by connecting the jumper cables to the 12V battery of another vehicle.

Caution

• When jump starting a vehicle, make sure the two vehicles are not in contact with each
other. Otherwise, the current generated when the positive terminals of the two vehicles
are connected will damage the vehicle.
• Connect the positive terminals first, and then the negative terminals.

To avoid short circuits or other damage, we recommend you observe the following procedure
when you jump start the vehicle:

1. Put the vehicle in PARK, cut off the power supply of the 12V battery, make sure the
jumper cables are correctly connected to the vehicle electrical system, and remove the
cover of the 12V battery on Vehicle A.

2. Connect one end of the red cable to the positive (+) terminal on the 12V battery on
Vehicle A.
3. Remove the cover of the 12V battery on Vehicle B and connect the other end of the
red cable to the positive (+) terminal on the 12V battery of Vehicle B.
4. Connect one end of the black cable to the negative (-) terminal on the 12V battery of
Vehicle B.
5. Connect the other end of the black cable to a proper earthing point of the 12V battery
on Vehicle A.
6. Start Vehicle B and let it run for a few minutes. Then, start Vehicle A to check
whether it can start up normally.
7. After Vehicle A starts up normally, power off Vehicle B, remove the jumper cables in
the opposite order they were connected, and stow all equipment.

Emergency Unlocking From the Outside


When the vehicle cannot be unlocked by conventional methods (such as a smart key fob,
keyless entry, NIO app, or NFC), you can use the emergency key to unlock the driver’s side
door, which will simultaneously unlock all other doors.

Caution

Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.

To use the emergency key:

1. Push the front end of the exterior handle on the driver’s door.
2. Pull the door handle and insert the emergency key into the lock. Rotate the key
counterclockwise to lock the driver's door.

3. To lock the driver's door, rotate the key counterclockwise.

Emergency Unlocking From the Inside


In case of emergency, you can pull the interior door handle twice to open the corresponding
door.

Caution
• If the 12V battery is drained, you can only unlock the driver's door using the
emergency key. Other doors can be unlocked and opened from the inside by pulling
the corresponding interior door handle twice.
• When the Child Lock is on, the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside and can
only be opened from the outside when the vehicle is unlocked.

Liftgate Button

When you are carrying a smart key fob, you can open the liftgate by gently pressing the
button on the liftgate handle.

While the liftgate is opening, press and hold the button to automatically save the current
liftgate height.

Caution

Before opening the liftgate, ensure that it is clear of objects such as snow and ice. Otherwise,
the liftgate may suddenly close on its own.

First Aid Kit


If your vehicle is equipped with a first aid kit, the first aid kit will be located in the rear trunk
storage box. The first aid kit contains rescue items required for emergencies. See the
instructions in the first aid kit for specific directions.

The first aid kit is valid for 5 years. After expiration, please contact NIO to purchase another
one.
Tire Replacement
When the vehicle is subject to a severe air leakage that cannot be repaired urgently with the
tire sealant, park the vehicle on a flat and solid road and put it in Park, stay away from busy
and congested roads, then put on your reflective vest and place the warning triangle, turn on
the hazard warning lights, then contact NIO Service Center for a tire replacement.

Warning

• When replacing a tire, the new tire must comply with the specifications of the original
one. Using a tire with different specifications may affect the vehicle’s handling and
result in a loss of vehicle control.
• Never get underneath the vehicle when it is lifted on a jack as this may cause severe
injury or even death.
• Do not lift the vehicle when people are inside.
• The vehicle can only be lifted at specified lift points on the vehicle's underside.
• Do not place any object above or underneath the jack when it is lifting the vehicle.
• Never use a jack to lift the vehicle on an uphill or downhill slope or on a roadway that
slopes to one side.
• Jacks should only be used to raise vehicles when changing tires.

How to replace the tire:

1. Have a jack and a spare tire of the right specification ready for the tire replacement.
2. Place a block in front of the tire diagonally to the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from
sliding.
3. Go to the Settings page from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Driving > Jack Mode, and now the current vehicle suspension
height can be locked to avoid any changes in the body suspension height during the
tire replacement process.
4. Use the wheel hub cover remover in the vehicle kit to remove the wheel hub covers,
and loosen the nuts counterclockwise with the wheel wrench.

Use the nut cover remover in the vehicle kit to remove the wheel hub covers, and
loosen the nuts counterclockwise with the wheel wrench.

Caution

Tire rims have a special protective coating. When removing or installing lug nuts, tires
or rims, take reasonable precautions to protect the rim’s surface from accidental
scratches caused by hard or sharp objects.

5. Place the jack below the correct jacking spot on the vehicle.
Warning

Make sure the jack is positioned correctly under the jack point. Failure to do so may
damage the vehicle, or the vehicle may slip off the jack and cause injury.

6. Jack the vehicle up to a tire changing height. As the jack touches the vehicle and jacks
it up, double check to make sure that the jack is in the correct position.

7. Remove the wheel nuts and replace the tire. When installing the wheel, make sure the
nuts are aligned with the mounting holes, and that the metal side of the wheel is
properly activated with the mounting surface.
8. After installing the wheel nuts, lower the vehicle completely to the ground (use a jack
to lower the vehicle and exit jack mode on the center display), then use a wrench to
tighten all the nuts clockwise, and then use a torque wrench to tighten the vehicle nuts
to the specified torque value.
9. Check the tire pressure after the tire is replaced, inflate to the specified tire pressure if
necessary, then install the tire valve cap.
10. Put the tools, jack, and the flat tires away in a secure manner.

Protective Equipment for Rescue


Operations
The E-powertrain system of the vehicle is driven by the high voltage battery, which may
cause high voltage electricity leakage or battery fluid leakage in the event of a serious
collision accident. Therefore, the vehicle shall be rescued by professional rescue personnel
and they shall wear the corresponding protective equipment to ensure their personal safety
during rescue operations.

Warning

Remove all metal objects (such necklaces and watches) before carrying out any operation.
Failure to do so may increase the risk of electric shock.

Electrical protection
Please wear the following protective equipment to avoid high voltage electric shock injuries:

• Insulated rubber gloves (capable of insulating voltages above 500V)


• Goggles
• Insulated rubber shoes
• Tools with insulated protective sleeves

Chemical protection
If there is a risk of a battery leakage or a potential battery leakage, please wear the following
protective equipment to prevent damage to your skin and face:

• Protective mask
• Solvent resistant gloves

High Voltage Cutoff


To cut off the high voltage circuit, disconnect the emergency high voltage cutoff plug (located
under the hood and near the coolant reservoir), and then disconnect the cable connected to the
negative terminal of the 12V battery (located in the left area of the trunk).

To cut off the high voltage circuit:

1. Open the hood handle cover in the cabin (Figure 1) and pull the hood release cable to
unlatch the hood (Figure 2).

2. Toggle the hook under the hood to release it and lift the hood up.
3. Take out the hood prop rod from the clip and position it appropriately to support the
hood.

4. Disconnect the emergency high voltage cutoff plug to cut off the high voltage circuit.
Remove the plug and stow it appropriately.

5. Remove the 12V battery cover on the left side of the trunk and disconnect the cable
connected to the negative terminal of the battery. Wrap the cable with a protective
layer to avoid conduction due to accidental contact.
Towing a Vehicle that Had an Accident
Caution

• This vehicle is not suitable for traction with wheels on the ground. Do not use a
traction chain to tow the vehicle directly.
• When the vehicle is on snow, mud, or sand, or when the wheels are locked and unable
to rotate freely, do not use a towing hook to tow the vehicle. Please contact the NIO
service center.

If you need the vehicle to be towed, please call a flatbed trailer to transport the vehicle. How
to tow a vehicle:

1. Take out the hitch from the vehicle kit in the rear trunk.
2. Press the lower end of the front towing flap of the vehicle to open it (1 in the picture),
insert the hitch into the hole and rotate until the hitch is firmly seated (2 in the
picture). The rear hitch is installed in the same way as the front hitch.

3. Depress the brake pedal while the vehicle is in the P gear, go to the Settings page from
the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving
> "N" Mode. Now your vehicle will release the parking brake and enter traction
mode.
4. Power the vehicle off before towing, turn on the hazard warning lights, make sure that
there is no one in the vehicle and lock the entire vehicle.
5. Install the tow chain on the hitch and slowly tow the vehicle onto the flatbed.
6. After the vehicle is towed to the designated location on the flatbed, use brake stops
and wheel straps to fix the tires.
7. Before using a flatbed truck to transport your vehicle, exit the "N" Mode on the center
display, then tap Driving > Jack Mode. Now the current vehicle suspension height
can be locked to avoid damage caused by bumps during transportation.

Warning

• Only when there is no safety risk to the vehicle can it be towed away from the site. If
the vehicle battery pack is deformed, leaking liquid, or emitting smoke, safety risks
shall be eliminated first.
• If you are unable to enter the Trailer/Wash Mode normally, you can try restarting the
12V battery. If the parking brake cannot be released, the vehicle can be transported in
as short a distance as possible by using tire slides or wheeled trailers.
• Do not depress the brake pedal or accelerator pedal hard while exiting the
Trailer/Wash Mode on the center display.
• When the parking brake is released and the vehicle can be towed, there is a risk that
the vehicle may slide down on a slope. If necessary, please use brake wedges in
conjunction with the parking brake.

Rescuing the Vehicle in Water


Caution

It is recommended not to stay in deep water (preferably not exceeding the battery base plate)
for a long time when the vehicle is wading. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the high-
voltage components of the vehicle.

If the vehicle body and chassis are not damaged, the vehicle will not experience a greater risk
of electric shock due to short-term immersion in water. However, professional rescue
personnel shall wear appropriate rescue protective equipment when dealing with immersed
vehicles. On the premise of ensuring insulation protection, pull the vehicle out of the water,
open the door, power off the vehicle, and then clean the water stains inside the vehicle. After
checking for an electricity leakage, cut off the high voltage circuit in a normal manner.

Warning

When dealing with flooded vehicles, if rescue personnel do not wear appropriate protective
rescue equipment, serious injury or even death can occur as a result.

Rescuing Vehicle Fire


Warning

• In the case of a vehicle fire, do not directly touch any part of the vehicle. All rescue
operations should be performed by professionals who must wear appropriate personal
protective equipment.
• The gas stored in the side curtain airbag cylinder and the high pressure air suspension
tank may expand and explode under high temperatures. Please act with caution to
avoid injury.

If the vehicle fire doesn't involve the high voltage battery, you can use the fire extinguisher to
put out the fire.

If the vehicle fire is caused by the high voltage battery or the high voltage battery is
overheated, deformed, cracked, or damaged in the fire, use a large amount of water or foam
extinguishing agent mixed with water (F-500 EA is recommended) to cool down the high
voltage battery. After the battery is completely cooled down (which may take up to 24 hours),
monitor it for one more hour to ensure the battery does not heat up again. Then, drive the
vehicle to an open and flat area and set up a 15-meter safety zone to keep people away from
the vehicle.

Warning

Be aware that a high voltage battery may re-ignite even after it is cooled down. Particular
attention should be paid when transporting the battery.

Rescuing the Vehicle with Battery Leakage


Warning

If leakage from a high voltage battery is caused due to an impact, the rescue should be
performed by professionals who must wear protective face shields and chemical-resistant
gloves. Never make direct contact with the fluids.

When the high voltage battery leaks, it can generate high temperatures and even cause a fire.
Please cool the high voltage battery before handling the leaked liquid:

• When a small amount of leakage occurs, use a suction pad to absorb the leakage and
place it in a closed container, or dispose of it by incineration.
• When a large amount of leakage occurs, please handle the leaked liquid as hazardous
chemicals by spraying calcium gluconate solution onto it.

Caution

If any fluids accidentally get on the skin, remove the contaminated clothes, and rinse the skin
with soap under running water for 15 minutes until all chemical residues are removed. Seek
medical attention immediately if the irritation or discomfort doesn’t improve.

Vehicle Cutting Area


Warning

When professional rescuers perform cutting operations, they must use appropriate tools such
as a hydraulic cutter and wear appropriate personal protective equipment to avoid serious
injury.

The vehicle columns are reinforced with cast aluminum alloy to protect the safety of the
driver and passengers. If cutting is required during rescue, appropriate tools should be used.
The high-voltage and high-pressure areas of the vehicle shall not be cut, such as airbag-related
components, high-voltage components, etc., as shown by the red areas in the figure below.

You might also like